31462-01-02-01 OMS Manual Rev2

Operations, maintenance and safety Manual
for
Optimarin Ballast System
Ex Version
MT Al Mahboobah
IMO: 9340415
Project no. 31462-01-02-01 Model: 500/518BK3 EX

Preface
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Introduction 7
1.1 Revision 8
1.1.1 Options included in this document 9
1.2 General 10
1.2.1 Type Approval Certificate history 10
1.2.2 Type Approval Certificate (TAC) validity 11
1.3 Technical data and limitations 12
1.3.1 Optimarin 'Model no.' definition 12
1.3.2 IMO/USCG compliance 13
1.3.3 Ex certificates 13
1.3.4 Limitations 13
1.3.5 System sign 16
1.4 Manual structure 17
1.5 Optimarin information and contacts 18
1.5.1 Company information 18
1.5.2 Contacts 18
1.5.3 Online crew training 19
2 Abbreviations and definitions 20
2.1 Commonly used abbreviations 21
2.2 Commonly used definitions 25
3 Operation 31
3.1 General description of OBS 32
3.1.1 Flow diagram and function explanation 32
3.1.2 Model/system scaling 38
3.2 Operation description and procedures 39
3.2.1 General Ex safety 39
3.2.2 Operation description 39
3.2.3 Operation modes 42
3.2.4 Normal procedures 46
31462-01-02-01 Operations, maintenance and safety Manual Rev. 2 Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 2 of 344
Based on template Rev. 8 Approved: 16/05/2022
Preface
Table of Contents
3.2.5 Emergency procedures 55
3.2.6 Treatment of ballast water exceeding the BWTS' test water specification 57
3.3 Component description 59
3.3.1 General 59
3.3.2 Filter 59
3.3.3 UV system 64
3.3.4 Valves 67
3.3.5 Back flush pump 73
3.3.6 Sampling assembly 77
3.3.7 Cabinets 78
3.3.8 Instrumentation / sensors 82
4 Control system 86
4.1 Hardware description 88
4.1.1 PLC 88
4.1.2 PROFIBUS network 88
4.1.3 PROFINET network 88
4.1.4 Cabinets 89
4.2 Touch panel description 90
4.2.1 General 90
4.2.2 Home page 94
4.2.3 UV overview page 98
4.2.4 System overview page 104
4.2.5 Settings page 105
4.2.6 Chief Engineer tools 111
4.2.7 Change lamps 132
4.2.8 Log in / log out 133
4.2.9 Dynamics objects 134
4.3 Control system parameters 137
4.4 Logs and system data 143
4.4.1 Folder structure on the USB drive 143
4.4.2 File types and how to open 143
Preface
Table of Contents
4.4.3 Header 143
4.4.4 File descriptions 144
4.4.5 Excel function: Text to Columns 147
5 Health, safety and environment 150
5.1 General 151
5.2 UV system 152
5.2.1 General UV information 152
5.2.2 Mercury 154
5.3 Electrical safety 158
5.3.1 General 158
5.3.2 Electrical installations in explosive atmosphere 158
5.3.3 Safe electrical barriers 159
5.3.4 Safe distances 159
5.4 Risk matrices operation and maintenance 161
5.4.1 Determining consequence and probability 162
5.4.2 Risk assessment 164
6 Routines, service and maintenance 198
6.1 Caution 200
6.2 General 201
6.2.1 EX - maintenance and inspections 201
6.2.2 Special tools 201
6.3 Routines 204
6.3.1 Routine for avoiding scaling in filter 204
6.3.2 Routine after ballasting “dirty” water 204
6.3.3 Routine for sediment removal 204
6.3.4 Routine for ballast water sampling 204
6.3.5 Routine for preserving the system 205
6.4 Calibration of sensors and transmitters 208
6.4.1 Calibration interval 208
6.4.2 Calibration procedures 208
6.5 Recommended/planned maintenance 212
Preface
Table of Contents
6.5.1 Every month 212
6.5.2 Every six months 213
6.5.3 Every year 216
6.5.4 Every 2.5 years 217
6.5.5 Every five years 220
6.5.6 Every ten years 222
6.6 Service kit overview 223
6.6.1 Spare parts versus interval 223
6.6.2 Service kit names vs interval matrix 225
6.6.3 Recommended spares on board 225
6.7 Maintenance instructions 227
6.7.1 Maintenance instructional videos 227
6.7.2 Visual inspection 227
6.7.3 Filter 229
6.7.4 UV system 273
6.7.5 FPV 281
6.7.6 Back Flush Pump 283
6.7.7 Optimarin Bypass Valve (OBV01) 286
6.7.8 Air release valve 286
6.7.9 Instrumentation 287
6.7.10 Electrical system 288
6.7.11 Signal checks 292
7 Alarm functions and troubleshooting 294
7.1 Alarm functionality 295
7.1.1 Active alarms 295
7.1.2 Control system failure self-check facilities 295
7.2 Alarm management 296
7.3 Alarm list and troubleshooting 298
7.3.1 Filter system 299
7.3.2 UV system 301
7.3.3 Valves 304
Preface
Table of Contents
7.3.5 Control system and ship integration 311
Appendix 314
A Detailed revision comment 315
B UV-lamp safety data sheet 316
Data Sheet - UV Lamp type UL 317
Safety directions - UV Lamp type AC 321
C Material safety data sheet for mercury 337
Safety Data Sheet - Mercury 338
1 Introduction 1
1 Introduction
1.1 Revision 8
1.1.1 Options included in this document 9
1.2 General 10
1.2.1 Type Approval Certificate history 10
1.2.2 Type Approval Certificate (TAC) validity 11
1.3.1 Optimarin 'Model no.' definition 12
1.3.2 IMO/USCG compliance 13
1.3.3 Ex certificates 13
1.3.4 Limitations 13
1.3.5 System sign 16
1.5.1 Company information 18
1.5.2 Contacts 18
1.5.3 Online crew training 19
1 Introduction
1.1 Revision 1
1.1 Revision
The two tables below shows the revision history:
• Table 1.1 Template revision:

This is the revision of the template of the manual as approved by Class DNV . The template revision
provides the main changes done in the revision. For revision 8 and newer, "Detailed revision comment"
on page 315 provides a more detailed explanation of the revision.
• Table 1.2 Project document revision:
This is the revision of the project specific manual which is based on the template revision 8.
Template revision
Rev. Description Date Assembled Checked Approved
by by By
3 Modified according to USCG feedback 02 Novem- KSH DÅL KSH
ber 2016
4 USCG half flow mode and 'Dual safety' on UV 20 February KSH DÅL KSH
system 2018
5 Changed USCG holding time at half flow (HF) 13 February KSH DÅL KSH
mode. Added more Ex maintenance. Added 2019
notes on "Log extract" tool. Adjusted some
S-KIT content.
6 Added new filter series (BK3 and FX2), 14 October KSH DÅL KSH
updated control system, stripping without fil- 2020
ter and introduced flow control (OptiFlow)
based on measured UV-I
7 Main changes: 21 Septem- KSH IRi KSH
Added new filters (BK4 and FX2 Ex), OptiLink ber 2021
and new marking of UV system.
Control system version from 2.0x to 2.1x.
Added/updated chapters:
Added: 1.3.4.2, 4.2.6.1

Updated: 3.3.7, 4.2.6.4.3, 4.3, 6.4.2.2,
6.7.4.2, 7.3.4, 7.3.5
8 Added lamp connection box for UV chamber, 16 May GGr IRi KSH
Ex d solution for UV system, new smaller 2022
ETA+ UV power cabinet and new flowmeter
type.
Control system version from 2.1x to 2.2x
Table 1.1 Template revision
1 Introduction
1.1 Revision 1
Project document revision, based on template rev. 8
Rev. Description Date Assembled by Checked by Approved By
1 Project specific manual 03 November 2020 KSH ONi TO
2 Ex d upgrade 25 September 2023 KSH ONi KKo
3
4
5
Table 1.2 Project document revision
1.1.1 Options included in this document

This document contains the following options:
Software version: 2.3x

"FILTER TYPE BK" "UV POWER TYPE NED" "BACK FLUSH PUMP TYPE ALL" "FLOW PRESSURE VALVE TYPE
ELT" "Ex" "Pneumatic actuators" "Actuated UV valves" "Mechanical air release" "Dual UV safety" "USCG"
"Remote operation" "Flow control based on UV-I"
This document does not contain the following options:
"Stripping" "GPS" "PMS integration" "Interlock panel" "Fresh water filling" "CIP"
1 Introduction
1.2 General 1
1.2 General
The Optimarin Ballast Water Management System (OBS) is known for its simple and flexible assembly of
components. The system has been duly tested, evaluated and subsequently approved in accordance to
both IMO and USCG requirements for ballast water management systems (BWMS). Consequently, the sys-
tem is provided with two different modes to be compliant with both regimes.
The OBS does not utilize any chemical or toxic agents for the treatment process and no free radicals are left
in the treated ballast water. Thus, the water treated in the OBS will have no more harmful effect on tanks,
coatings, structure, pipes and pumps than the ambient water itself. The treatment is based on filtration and
UV-treatment. Even though the system is built with a high safety standard one should be aware that some
components introduce safety risks related to what listed below:
• High voltage
• Ozone exposure
• Mercury; the UV lamp contains mercury
• High temperature
• UV-radiation
• Intensive light exposure
1.2.1 Type Approval Certificate history

1.2.1.1 IMO
The below table shows the history of Optimarin Ballast System Type Approvals:
TAC number Comment Valid from Valid until
P-12601 Initial Type Approval from DNV 2009-11-12 2013-11-12
P-13651 Added power regulation to UV lamps 2011-01-31 2013-11-12
P-14121 Added Filtrex filter and Nedap UV power 2012-09-04 2013-11-12
P-14778 Renewal after validity date expired 2014-03-18 2017-12-31
P-14944 Added Ex (Hazardous areas) compability 2014-07-01 2018-12-31
TAP000006X Added UV Power type ETA and ARI air release 2015-12-09 2019-12-08
TAP000006X, Rev.1 Added 'Dual safety' for UV system 2018-03-08 2019-12-08
TAP0000271 Added new filter series, new control system, stripping 2020-10-23 2025-10-22
without filter and 'Flow control' based on UV-I
TAP0000271, Rev.1 Added filter type BK4 and FX2 Ex. Added OptiLink 2021-10-26 2025-10-22
TAP0000271, Rev.2 Added Ex d and UVP EtaTiny 2022-07-07 2025-10-23
Table 1.3 IMO Type Approval Certificate history
1 Introduction
1.2 General 1
The system is delivered according to IMO certificate: TAP0000271, rev.2.
1.2.1.2 USCG
The below table shows the history of Optimarin Ballast System Type Approvals:
TAC number Comment Valid from Valid until
162.060/1/0 Initial Type Approval from USCG 2016-12-02 2021-12-02
162.060/1/1 OBS Ex may be installed in hazardous locations on U.S. 2017-11-03 2021-12-02

flagged vessels
162.060/1/2 Updated holding time: 2019-02-05 2021-12-02
Hold Time: >24 hours (at 50% TRC) and >72 hours (at
100% TRC)
162.060/1/3 Added new filter series, new control system, stripping 2020-12-11 2026-10-21
without filter and flow control (OptiFlow) based on
UV-I
162.060/1/4 Added new filter series, OptiLink, new marking of UV 2022-04-20 2026-10-21
system, updated software version
162.060/1/5 Added Ex d and UVP EtaTiny 2023-03-31 2026-10-21
Table 1.4 USCG Type Approval Certificate history
The system is delivered according to USCG certificate: 162.060/1/5.
1.2.2 Type Approval Certificate (TAC) validity

The validity date relates to the Type Approval Certificate (TAC) and not to the approval of equip-
ment/systems installed. A type approved BWTS, which has a contractual delivery date within the TAC applic-
ability dates, remains in compliance for the lifetime of the system (grandfathering*), assuming it is
operated and maintained in accordance with the listed Operation, Maintenance, and Safety Manual (OMS).
The TAC to which the BWTS was manufactured and approved should be stored onboard, regardless of the
expiration date. The onboard TAC is only replaced upon modification of the BWTS to comply with a revised
TAC.
*A grandfather clause, also known as grandfathering, is a provision in which an old rule/reg-

ulation continues to apply to some existing systems while a new rule (often more restrictive)
will apply to all future systems. Such a provision is used as a compromise or out of prac-
ticality, to allow new rules/regulations to be enacted without having a retroactive effect on
existing systems.
1 Introduction
1.3 Technical data and limitations
S H I P S P E C I F I C D A T A
OPTIMARIN BALLAST SYSTEM

Project no.: 31462-01-02-01
Vessel:
Model no.: 500/518BK3 EX
MT Al Mahboobah Ex code: Ex d e ib mb IIB T4 Gb
Flow range: Ballast: 75 - 500 m³/h

IMO: 9340415 Deballast: 30 - 500 m³/h
Filter capacity: 45 - 518m³/h
Back flush pump capa- 43m³/h @ 2.5bar

city:
Ballast water tem- -2 --> +37°C

perature range:
Ambient temperature 0 --> +40°C

range:
Rel. humidity electronics: 90%
UV intensity range: 150 - 400 W/m²

In IMO mode
400 - 1100 W/m²

In USCG mode
The flow will be regulated between

40 - 167m³/h pr. UV chamber
depending on measured
UV intensity.
OBS software version: 2.3x
Stripping functionality: Not included
Table 1.5 Ship specific data table
1.3.1 Optimarin 'Model no.' definition

The OBS model number for this manual is: 500/518BK3 EX
Optimarin models are built up like this:

<Max. UV capacity> / <Max. filter capacity> <Filter designation> <EX>
1 Introduction
The filter designation 'BK3' indicates:
Boll & Kirch AquaBoll filter with 25µm basket
The 'EX' designation indicates that the system (excluding cabinets) can be installed in hazardous area
1.3.2 IMO/USCG compliance

Due to the difference between IMO and USCG requirements and limitations the OBS is provided with dif-
ferent operating modes. To switch between the modes, please see "Switch between IMO and USCG area
mode" on page 94.
CAUTION!
It is extremely important to use the different modes correctly to be in compliance with the
Type Approval certificates (both IMO and USCG)!
1.3.3 Ex certificates
Ex certificates for all components are supplied electronically.
1.3.4 Limitations
The individual capacities for the components listed in the technical data sheet above can be found in the
respective instruction manuals as listed in Appendices of this manual. However, the below subchapters
describe the system limitations based on the test results and the acceptance criteria for IMO and USCG.
1.3.4.1 Location for installation

The system is built for being installed enclosed areas like engine room, pump room, steering gear room etc.
See specific installation requirements and special requirements (conditions) for Hazardous area in the Opti-
marin Installation manual (separate document).
Ensure that the BWTS piping, and equipment is filled with water at all times. BWTS equipment installed
below the waterline, will ensure a natural filling of the system and pipes. In cases where the BWTS is
installed above the waterline, there is a potential of water drainage which will lead to dry-laid pipes and
BWTE. In these cases, measurements must be taken to ensure a water filled system (e.g. goosenecks/water
traps on the BWTS inlet/outlet piping).
1.3.4.2 Ballast pump capacity/head

The OBS requires a minimum pressure of 2,5 bar(g) at the filter inlet side in all operational states, meaning
independent of tank level during ballast operations and sea to sea during system startup. The reason for
this minimum requirement is to achieve required back-pressure setpoints for efficient filter cleaning accord-
ing to chapter "Setpoints" on page 122.
1 Introduction
NOTE
The OBS is delivered with a flow controlling valve used to maintain a given flow rate through
the system, and to keep the pressure above the setpoint. For certain ballast pumps/lines,
special care must be taken:
l When centrifugal pump or valves with proportional/throttling capabilities is

equipped, care must be taken to keep sufficient pressure in the system.
l When positive-displacement pump is equipped, care must be taken to prevent high

pressure in the system when the flow controlling valve is reducing the flow rate.
See chapter "Flow pressure valve" on page 69 for more details on the functionality of the
flow controlling valve.
1.3.4.3 Maximum flow during operation

Given the <Max. UV capacity> and <Max. filter capacity> of the OBS model no.: 500/518BK3 EX, the max-
imum flow through the BWTS are:
During ballasting: The lowest of <Max. UV capacity> and <Max. filter capacity>
During deballasting: <Max. UV capacity>
NOTE
The OBS will shut down if the flow exceeds 10% of the maximum for a period of 120
seconds. Please see 'FM01 Flowmeter alarm parameters' in chapter "Control system para-
meters" on page 137.
1.3.4.4 UV chamber's maximum /minimum water flow

The OBS is tested and approved with a maximum flow of 167m³/h per UV chamber.
This is the maximum allowable water flow in order to maintain the necessary level of UV dose. To maintain
the necessary UV dose in waters with lower UV intensity the maximum flow may be regulated down to
40m³/h pr UV chamber.
The absolute minimum flow through each UV chamber shall not be less than 10m³/h. This minimum level
gives a good safety margin for keeping the UV lamps from being overheated. Flow below this level will gen-
erate an alarm in the control system.
The system absolute minimum flow can never be less than '6m³/h * number of installed UV chambers'. This
is related to the safety system for the Ex d solution.
1.3.4.5 UV chamber's maximum water speed

In order for reducing the risk of material erosion in the UV-chambers the water speed should not exceed
2.7m/s.
1 Introduction
1.3.4.6 UV chamber burst pressure
The UV chambers are fabricated of DN150 pipe with a wall thickness of 3mm. A burst pressure test was con-
ducted under the supervision of DNV. The chamber burst at a pressure of 60 bars.
1.3.4.7 UV intensity low limit

Based on the documented successful test results the low UV intensity limit ranges between 150 and
400W/m² in IMO mode and between 400 and 1100W/m² in USCG mode. The flow corresponding to the
UV intensity range is automatically controlled between 40 - 167m³/h pr. UV chamber.
UV intensity below the range will result in a warning in the control system.
1.3.4.8 Salinity
The Optimarin BWTS has been tested successfully with all three salinities - brackish, fresh and sea water.
1.3.4.9 Holding time

The holding time of the ballast water is as follows and is determined on which area the vessel is operating
in:
• IMO mode: no holding time

• USCG mode: 2 hours holding time
NOTE
Please note that the area mode used in each operation is logged. Please see chapter "Switch
between IMO and USCG area mode" on page 94 on how to switch mode. The chapter "Area"
on page 43 explains when to use the different area modes.
CAUTION!
It is extremely important to use the different modes correctly to be in compliance with the
Type Approval certificates (both IMO and USCG)!
1.3.4.10 Stripping
The system is not designed to be used together with a stripping eductor or similar! Doing so will damage
the equipment!
1 Introduction
1.3.5 System sign
The "System sign" is located on the left side of the CONTROL PANEL cabinet.
Table Cell Outside Table:
OPTIMARIN BALLAST SYSTEM

SERIAL NO: 31462-01-02-01
MODEL NO: 500/518BK3 EX
DESIGN PRESSURE: 10 BAR
VOLTAGE: 440VAC/3PH/60Hz
PRODUCTION DATE: MM/YY
CLASS SOCIETY: NK (MLIT)
TYPE APPROVALS:
IMO CERTIFICATE NO: TAP0000271, rev.2 (DNV)
USCG CERTIFICATE NO: 162.060/1/5
Table 1.6 OBS system sign
1 Introduction
1.4 Manual structure
The Optimarin ballast water treatment system is an assembly of many parts and components supplied by
various manufactures. Some components will of course vary in proportion with the size and capacity of the
system. Therefore, the manual package delivered with the system will consist of two binders which con-
tains:
Binder 1 - Operation, maintenance and safety Manual (this binder):
• The Generic section, which describes:

– Functionality of the system
– Operation instruction and procedures
– Control system
– Health, safety and environment
– Service and maintenance
– Alarm and troubleshooting
– Spare part recommendations
• Appendices:
– Detailed revision comment
– UV lamp safety data sheet
– Material data sheet for mercury
Note: Approvals and certificates are only available in rev.1 of the OMS manual.
Binder 2 - Installation Manual:
• Installation guidance section:

– Mechanical installation (with data sheets)
– Electrical installation
• Appendices:
– Yard completion list – Mechanical drawings (GA drawings) with spare parts
– Ship integration guide – Electrical drawings
– Scope of supply – Cable list
– Flow diagram
IMPORTANT! Optimarin strongly recommends the users of the BWMS to thoroughly

familiarize themselves with the system functionalities and operation procedures and,
carefully study all safety aspects described in these manuals. Optimarin suggests it is
important to understand the system functionality before the safety chapter is studied.
1 Introduction
1.5 Optimarin information and contacts
1.5.1 Company information
Some historical events can be listed as the following:
• 1994 – Founded in Stavanger

• 1994-1999 – Five years of development, design, in-house testing and full scale testing
• 2000-2004 – Trial installations and 7 commercial installations, retrofit as well as new buildings
• 2005-2009 – Upgrading of Optimarin Ballast Water System (OBS) to meet IMO’s requirements
• 2009 – IMO/DNV type approval received
• 2011-2012 – Global Sales Network established
• 2012 – New main office establised in Sandnes, Norway
• 2012-2013 – Global Service and Commissioning Network
• 2013 – 250 systems signed for, 80 installed and in operation
• 2016 – 500 systems signed for, 300 installed and in operation
• 2016 – First BWT system maker in the world to obtain USCG Type Approval
• 2019 – Added flow control to be able to treat worse water conditions
• 2021 – Approved for the new BWMS Code (resolution MEPC.300(72))
• 2021 – Introduced OptiLink; digitalization of ballast treatment operations and Cloud app
1.5.2 Contacts
Optimarin main office is located in Sandnes, Norway. Optimarin has established sales and services offices in
various areas worlds wide. Optimarin strongly encourage users to not hesitate to contact any its offices if
any uncertainties with the system should be encountered.
However, it is recommended to contact Optimarin’s support team at the main office in Sandnes as he/she
will be able to know the quickest way to organize any support.
Optimarin AS
Sjøveien 34
4315 Sandnes
Norway
Phone: + 47 51 11 45 33
24 hour support phone: +47 469 49 485
Telefax: + 47 51 12 31 03
E-mail address: support@optimarin.com
Optimarin wishes all users of the Optimarin BWMS the very best luck with a reliable and safe operation
of the system!
1 Introduction
1.5.3 Online crew training
OptiLearn – online training academy: Our cloud-based e-learning portal OptiLearn hosts complete e-learn-
ing courses (Technical, Operational and Service and Maintenance course). The course concludes with an
exam and if passed a certificate will be issued to the user.
The purpose of such training is to ensure that crew, ship owners/managers with e.g. fleet agreements have
a good understanding and overview of both the system, its operating, maintenance and training require-
ments. This will ensure a good user experience for the operators of the system.
Optimarin Crew Training main learning objectives;

• Understand the working principles and operational functions of the Optimarin system
• Laws and regulations
• How to plan, operate and act in various scenarios when using the Optimarin Ballast System (OBS)
• Service & Maintenance
Figure 1.1 OptiLearn course illustration
With the free e-learning applications for iOS and Android, learners can study when and where they want to,
and even save courses to their mobile devices, and study it at their convenience. The results are tracked off-
line and sent to the OptiLearn portal when the connection is restored.
Available online 24/7 via the OptiLearn portal from anywhere in the world.
Prerequisites: None Language: English Enrollment/information: training@optimarin.com
2 Abbreviations and definitions 2
2 Abbreviations and definitions
2.1 Commonly used abbreviations
The following table contains various abbreviations which may be considered irrelevant for this manual as
most of them pertain to the BWMS’ testing regulations and testing processes. However, Optimarin finds it
appropriate to include abbreviations related to the IMO, USCG and ETV test and operation terminology.
Abbreviations Full name
A Ampere
AC Alternating current
ATEX Appareils destinés à être utilisés en ATmosphères EXplosibles
The ATEX directive consists of two EU directives describing what equipment and work
environment is allowed in an environment with an explosive atmosphere
ATP Adenosine triphosphate
BE Biological efficacy
BFP Back flush pump
BWMP Ballast Water Management Plan
BWMS Ballast water Management System
BWTE Ballast Water Treatment Equipment
BWTS Ballast water treatment system(s)
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CP Control Panel, where local control of OBS is done
CT Concentration-time relationship (curve) demonstrating the relationship between con-

centration and time that achieves desired treatment effect
DOC Dissolved organic carbon
DOM Dissolved organic matter
EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.)
ETV Environmental Technology Verification
Ex d Protection principle for equipment for use in explosive atmospheres
Flamproof enclosure
Ex e Increased safety
Ex i Intrinsic safety
Ex m Encapsulation (moulded)
FPV Flow Pressure Control valve
FRU Field replaceable unit
HV High Voltage
IECEx IEC system for certification to standards relating to equipment for use in explosive atmo-
spheres
IMO International Maritime Organization
I/O Input/output signals in and out of the PLC
KPI Key Performance Indicator
kW Kilowatt
LV Low Voltage
MAWP Maximum allowable working pressure
MEPC Marine Environment Protection Committee
μg/l Micrograms per liter
mgd Million gallons per day
mg/L Milligrams per liter
MM Mineral matter
MOA Memorandum of agreement
MSB Main Switch Board
MSDS Material safety data sheets
MTBF Mean time between failures
NRL U.S. Naval Research Laboratory (U.S.)
NSF International (formerly National Sanitation Foundation)
NTU Nephelometric turbidity unit
O&M Operations and maintenance
OBS Optimarin Ballast Water Management System
OP Operator panel
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Owner TF Owner, if different from the Testing Organization (TO)
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
POC Particulate Organic Carbon
POM Particulate organic material
PPE Personal Protection Equipment
PSU Practical Salinity Unit
QA Quality assurance
QAPP Quality assurance project plan
QC Quality control
QMP Quality management plan
SAG Stakeholder Advisory Group
SJA Safe Job Analysis
SOLAS Safety of Life at Sea (administered by IMO)
SOP Standard operating procedure
STO Standard test organism
TCB Thermotolerant coliform bacteria
TCBS MacConkey and thiosulphate citrate bile salt agar
TF Test Facility
TO Testing Organization
TQAP Test/quality assurance plan
TRC Treatment Rated Capacity
TSS Total Suspended Solids
USCG US Coast Guard
UV Ultraviolet
VAC Voltage Alternating Current
VDC Voltage Direct Current
VO Verification Organization
WQPC Water Quality Protection Center
Table 2.1 Abbreviations
2.2 Commonly used definitions
The following table contains various abbreviations which may be considered irrelevant for this manual as
most of them pertain to the BWMS’ testing regulations and testing processes. However, Optimarin finds is
appropriate to include abbreviations related to the IMO, USCG and ETV test and operation terminology.
Name Explanation
Active Substance A chemical or an organism, including a virus or a fungus that has a general or specific
action on or against non-indigenous species.
Administration The government of the nation/State under whose authority a vessel is operating.
Aerosol Technically, an aerosol is a colloidsuspension of fine solid particles or liquid droplets in

a gas. Examples are clouds, and air pollution such as smog and smoke.
Remark:
Aerosol is mentioned in the Material Data Sheet for the UV lamps in relation to the
exposure of mercury.
Alternate man- Ballast water management system approved by a foreign administration pursuant to
agement system the standards set forth in the International Maritime Organization's International
(AMS) BWM Convention, and meeting all applicable requirements of U.S. law, and which is
used in lieu of ballast water exchange.
Annex - Section D In the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast
Water and Sediments (BWM): Standards for Ballast Water Management
Ballast tank Any tank or hold on a vessel used for carrying ballast water, whether or not the tank
or hold was designed for that purpose.
Ballast water Any water and suspended matter taken onboard a vessel to control or maintain trim,
draught, stability, or stresses of the vessel, regardless of how it is carried.
Ballast water Replace the water in a ballast tank using one of the following methods:
exchange
1. Flow-through exchange means to flush out ballast water by pumping in mid-ocean
water at the bottom of the tank and continuously overflowing the tank from the
top until three full volumes of water has been changed to minimize the number of
original organisms remaining in the tank.
2. Empty/refill exchange means to pump out the ballast water taken on in ports, estu-
arine, or territorial waters until the pump(s) lose suction, then refilling the ballast
tank(s) with mid-ocean water.
Ballast Water Any system which processes ballast water such that it meets or exceeds the ballast
Management Sys- water performance standard in regulation D-2.
tem
Remark:
The BWMS includes ballast water treatment equipment, all associated control equip-
ment, monitoring equipment and sampling facilities.
Name Explanation
Ballast Water The document referred to in regulation B-1 of the Convention describing the ballast
Management water management process and procedures implemented on board individual ships.
Plan
Ballast water sys- Tanks, piping, valves, pumps, sea chests, and any other associated equipment that the
tem vessel uses for the purposes of ballasting.
Ballast Water Equipment which mechanically, physically, chemically, or biologically processes, either
Treatment Equip- singularly or in combination, to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or dis-
ment charge of harmful aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sed-
iments.
Remark:
Ballast water treatment equipment may operate at the uptake or discharge of ballast
water, during the voyage, or at a combination of these events.
Challenge water Water just prior to treatment. In land-based tests, source water may be augmented to
achieve required challenge water conditions.
Commandant Commandant of the Coast Guard or an authorized representative.
Constructed in 1. The keel of a vessel is laid;

respect to a ves-
sel means a stage 2. Construction identifiable with the specific vessel begins;
of construction 3. Assembly of the vessel has commenced and comprises at least 50 tons or 1 per-
when— cent of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less; or
4. The vessel undergoes a major conversion.
Control and mon- Parts of the BWMS required to operate, control and assess the effective operation of
itoring equip- the ballast water treatment equipment.
ment
The Convention The International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water
and Sediments.
Exclusive Eco- The area established by Presidential Proclamation Number 5030, dated March 10,
nomic Zone (EEZ) 1983, (48 FR 10605, 3 CFR, 1983 Comp., p. 22), which extends from the base line of
the territorial sea of the United States seaward 200 miles, and the equivalent zone of
Canada.
Environmentally Methods, efforts, actions, or programs, either to prevent introductions or to control

sound method infestations of aquatic nuisance species, that minimize adverse impacts to the struc-
ture and function of an ecosystem, minimize adverse effects on non-target organisms
and ecosystems, and that emphasize integrated pest management techniques and
non-chemical measures.
Name Explanation
Great Lakes Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, Lake Huron (including Lake Saint Clair), Lake Michigan, Lake
Superior, and the connecting channels (Saint Mary's River, Saint Clair River, Detroit
River, Niagara River, and Saint Lawrence River to the Canadian border), and includes
all other bodies of water within the drainage basin of such lakes and connecting chan-
nels.
Hazardous loc- Areas where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to the presence of flammable
ation gases/vapors, flammable liquids, combustible dust, or ignitable fibers, as determined
in accordance with the standards of construction applicable to the vessel on which the
BWMS is to be installed.
Hazardous mater- Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171.8; hazardous substances designated
ials under 40 CFR part 116.4; reportable quantities as defined under 40 CFR 117.1; mater-
ials that meet the criteria for hazard classes and divisions in 49 CFR part 173; materials
under 46 CFR 153.40 determined by the Coast Guard to be hazardous when trans-
ported in bulk; flammable liquids defined in 46 CFR 30.10–22; combustible liquids as
defined in 46 CFR 30.10–15; materials listed in Table 46 CFR 151.05, Table 1 of 46 CFR
153, or Table 4 of 46 CFR part 154; or any liquid, liquefied gas, or compressed gas lis-
ted in 49 CFR 172.101.
High Voltage High Voltage (Voltage> 1000VAC/1500VDC)
Independent An organization that meets the requirements in 46 CFR 159.010–3. In addition to com-
laboratory mercial testing laboratories, which may include not-for-profit organizations, the Com-
mandant may also accept classification societies and agencies of governments
(including State and Federal agencies of the United States) that are involved in the
evaluation, inspection, and testing of BWMS.
In-line treatment A treatment system or technology used to treat ballast water during normal flow of
ballast uptake, discharge, or both.
In-tank treat- A treatment system or technology used to treat ballast water during the time that it
ment resides in the ballast tanks.
International Con- IMO’s regulatory body that sets the standards for the BWMS
vention for the
Control and Man-
agement of
Ships’ Ballast
Water
International Ballast water management guidelines mean the Guidelines for the Control and Man-
Maritime Organ- agement of Ships' Ballast Water to Minimize the Transfer of Harmful Aquatic Organ-
ization (IMO) isms and Pathogens (IMO Resolution A.868 (20), adopted November 1997).
Irradiance The power of electromagnetic radiation per unit area
Name Explanation
Land -based Test- Test of the BWMS carried out in a laboratory, equipment factory or pilot.
ing
Remark:
Guidelines, to confirm that the BWMS meets the standards set by regulation D-2 of
the Convention
Low Voltage Voltage < 1000VAC/1500VDC
MEPC 174/58 The requirements of the Convention relating to approval of ballast water man-
agement systems used by ships.
Monitoring Equip- The equipment installed for the assessment of the effective operation of the ballast
ment water treatment equipment.
National Ballast The National Ballast Information Clearinghouse operated by the Coast Guard and the
Information Clear- Smithsonian Environmental Research Center as mandated under the National Invasive
inghouse (NBIC) Species Act of 1996.
OptiFlow "OptiFlow" is a functionality that utilizes the Flow Pressure Valve together with the
measured UV intensity to reduce flow and increase the total UV dose. This means that
the ballast water can be treated at lower UV transmittance on the cost of reduced
flow through the BWTS.
Pesticide Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling,
or mitigating any pest as defined under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et.seq.) and 40 CFR 152.3
Port Terminal or group of terminals or any place or facility that has been designated as a
port by the Captain of the Port.
Port or place of Any port or place in which a vessel is anchored or moored.

departure
Port or place of Any port or place to which a vessel is bound to anchor or moor.
destination
Preparation Any commercial formulation containing one or more active substances, including any
additives. This definition also includes any active substances generated onboard a ves-
sel for the purpose of ballast water management to comply with the ballast water dis-
charge standard codified in 33 CFR part 151 subpart C or D.
Quality Assur- A project-specific technical document reflecting the implementation of Quality Assur-
ance Project Plan ance and Quality Control activities, including specifics of the BWMS to be tested, the
independent laboratory, and other conditions affecting the actual design and imple-
mentation of the required tests and evaluations.
Regulation D-1 Ballast Water Exchange Standard - Ships performing Ballast Water exchange shall do
so with an efficiency of 95 per cent volumetric exchange of Ballast Water.
Name Explanation
Regulation D-2 Ballast Water Performance Standard for ships conducting ballast water management
(Relevant for Optimarin BWMS)-
Ref. G8 Guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems for.
Regulation D-3 This includes systems which make use of chemicals or biocides; make use of organ-
isms or biological mechanisms; or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics
of the Ballast Water (no relevance for Optimarin BWMS – as no chemical or biocides
are used).
Relevant chem- Any transformation or reaction product that is produced during the treatment process
ical or in the receiving environment and which may be of concern to the aquatic envir-
onment and human health when discharged.
Representative A random sample, in which every item of interest (organisms, molecules, etc.) in the
sample larger population has an unbiased chance of appearing.
Sampling Facil- Provided for sampling treated or untreated ballast water

ities
Remark:
Ref. Guidelines for ballast water sampling
Sampling port The equipment installed in the ballast water piping through which representative
samples of the ballast water being discharged are extracted. This is equivalent to the
term “sampling facility” under the International Maritime Organization (IMO)
Guidelines for Ballast Water Sampling (G2), published as IMO Resolution MEPC. 173
(58) on October 10, 2008.
Seagoing vessel A vessel in commercial service that operates beyond the boundary line established by
46 CFR part 7. It does not include a vessel that navigates exclusively on inland waters.
Sediments Any matter settled out of ballast water within a vessel.
Shipboard Tech- A Coast Guard research program intended to facilitate research, development, and
nology Evalu- shipboard testing of effective BWMS. STEP requirements are located at:
ation Program http://www.uscg.mil/environmental_standards/.
(STEP)
Shipboard Test- Full-scale test of a complete BWMS carried out on board a ship according to Part 2 of
ing the annex to these Guidelines.
Remark:
To confirm that the system meets the standards set by regulation D-2 of the Con-
vention.
Source water The body of water from which water is drawn for either land-based or shipboard test-
ing.
Name Explanation
Test facility The location where the independent laboratory conducts land-based, component, act-
ive substance, and relevant chemical testing and evaluations, as required by this sub-
part.
Treatment Rated The maximum continuous capacity expressed in cubic meters per hour for which the
Capacity (TRC) BWMS is type approved.
Remark:
It states the amount of ballast water that can be treated per unit time by the BWMS
to meet the standard in regulation D-2 of the Convention.
Total Suspended The solid substances in the sea water.

Solids
United States The States, the District of Columbia, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
and any other territory or possession over which the United States exercises sov-
ereignty.
UV-intensity Engineering unit W/m²
Viable Organisms Organisms and any life stages thereof that are living.
Voyage Any transit by a vessel destined for the Great Lakes or the Hudson River, north of the
George Washington Bridge, from a port or place outside of the EEZ, including inter-
mediate stops at a port or place within the EEZ.
Any transit by a vessel destined for any United States port or place.
Waters of the Waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States as defined in 33 CFR 2.38,
United States including the navigable waters of the United States. For 33 CFR part 151, subparts C
and D, the navigable waters include the territorial sea as extended to 12 nautical miles
from the baseline, pursuant to Presidential Proclamation No. 5928 of December 27,
1988. [CGD 91-066, 58 FR 18334, Apr. 8, 1993, as amended by CGD 94-003, 59 FR
67634, Dec. 30, 1994; USCG-1998-3423, 64 FR 26682, May 17, 1999; USCG-2001-
10486, 77 FR 17304, Mar. 23, 2012]
Table 2.2 Definitions
3 Operation 3
3 Operation
3.1.1 Flow diagram and function explanation 32
3.1.2 Model/system scaling 38
3.2.1 General Ex safety 39
3.2.2 Operation description 39
3.2.3 Operation modes 42
3.2.4 Normal procedures 46
3.2.5 Emergency procedures 55
3.2.6 Treatment of ballast water exceeding the BWTS' test water specification 57
3.3.1 General 59
3.3.2 Filter 59
3.3.3 UV system 64
3.3.4 Valves 67
3.3.5 Back flush pump 73
3.3.6 Sampling assembly 77
3.3.7 Cabinets 78
3.3.8 Instrumentation / sensors 82
3 Operation
3.1 General description of OBS
3.1.1 Flow diagram and function explanation
The below table explains the functionality of the system when:
• Ballasting
• Deballasting
Please note that this is only an example. See ship specific flow diagram in the Optimarin Installation manual
(separate document).
Figure 3.1 Example of a flow diagram - here with three UV chambers
3 Operation
Figure 3.2 Graphical illustration of an Optimarin Ballast System with two UV chambers
Pos Component Component Illus- Description/Functionality

No name tration
1. Inlet valve from The ballast water enters the BWTS at this position.
ballast pump
2. Filter Inlet Valve Ballasting mode:

[FIV01] The valve must be open as water from the sea shall be
filtered.
Deballasting mode:
Valve shall be closed as there is no need for filtering
the water from the ballast tanks.
3 Operation
No name tration
3. Filter Ballasting mode:

The sea water must be filtered before UV treatments.
25µm Fitted with back flushing system as self cleaning.
Deballasting mode:
The filter is by-passed – see valve pos. 10.
4. Filter Outlet Ballasting mode:

Valve [FOV01] In ballasting mode this valve shall be open.
Deballasting mode:
In deballasting mode this valve shall be closed.
5. Instruments: The pressure transmitter is used to control the pres-

sure during backflushing of the filter.
(a) Pressure trans- The Flowmeter monitors the ballast the total flow
mitter [PT01] through the system.
(b) Flowmeter • Signal from the flowmeter is utilized by the PLC to

[FM01] control FPV.
• If flow failure, alarm and BWTS shut down will
occur.
See alarm and shut down setting under in chapter 4 on

page 86.
3 Operation
No name tration
6. Manifold, UV- • The water enters the manifold and because of its
chambers and design equal flow will be obtained for each UV –
instrumentation chamber – see remarks.
• UV- chamber: Maximum flow for treatment is
167m³/h and minimum is 10m³/h.
• Max effect for each UV-lamp is 35kW.
• Instruments measures both temperature and UV

intensity on each chamber.
• An additional temperature switch for dual safety in

case of control system failure.
Note that the illustration has two UV chambers. A two

chamber solution illustrates better how the chambers
are fitted to the manifolds.
7. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Valve, keeps the water flow from not to
Valve [FPV01] exceed 167 m³/h per UV chamber and a pressure con-
trol as specified for each and individual project. An
illustration of the pressure setting can be seen in
chapter 4.2.6.4 on page 121
8. Outlet from OBS Ballasting:

To ballast tank.
Deballasting:
Overboard.
3 Operation
No name tration
9. Optimarin Bypass In the event of system failure the OBV01 remains

Valve [OBV01] closed and all other valves (FIV01, FOV01, FBV01) will
close preventing untreated water to be pumped in or
out of the vessel.
Note that the valve shall always be closed during nor-

mal operation. Any operation of this valve will release
an alarm and be recorded in the control system.
The valve can be manually operated. This will be

logged as a "Manual bypass" operation. See "Oper-
ation log" on page 107.
10. Filter Bypass The valve shall:

Valve [FBV01] • CLOSED during ballasting.
• OPEN during deballasting.
11. Manifold Vent- The manual valve shall stay open during operation.
ilation Shut Off This will prevent air to accumulate in the UV-chamber.
Valve
Air displaces the water and may lead to insufficient
cooling of the UV-lamps and pursuant overheating.
12. Manifold Air The valve opens automatically if air is present in the
Release Valve vent line and closes when water has displaced the air.
The valve is mechanically controlled by built in floats.
13. Sample Point – The sample points consist of a branch pipe with a shut
before BWTS off valve and flange suitable for the sampling devise as
illustrated.
14. Sample Point –
after BWTS The illustration shows the detachable sampling device.
3 Operation
No name tration
16. Filter Flush Valve

[FFV01]
If the differential pressure over the filter exceeds 0,38
bars, the back flushing starts automatically:
• Valve opens and pump starts.

• When back flushing sequence is completed, pump
stops and valve closes.
15. Back Flush Pump

[BFP01]
22. Electrical cab- All electrical cabinets are described in chapter 3.3.7 on
inets page 78.
25. Back flush over- The back flush line from the filter is connected to over
board line board. It is very important that all valves between the
Back Flush Pump and overboard are open during
OBS operation!
Table 3.1 Components in flow diagram
3 Operation
3.1.2 Model/system scaling
The Optimarin BWT consists of six main components and can be adapted to the various ballast water pump
capacities:
Component Description Scaling
UV system The UV chamber has one standard A BWT system will be scaled based on the ship’s bal-
size. The capacity of one chamber is: last water pump(s) capacities:
– 167m³/h – Number of used UV chambers x 167m³/h

The minimum flow per chamber is: Scaled minimum flow:
– 10m³/h – Number of used UV chambers x 10m³/h
Lamp effect is 35kW Manifold will be sized in accordance to number of

UV chambers and ballast system pipe dimensions.
Filter Filters can be delivered for capa- The filter size will be harmonized with the number of
cities more than 3000m³/h. UV chambers/ballast pump(s) capacities.
Flowmeter Can be delivered in various sizes. The flowmeter will be harmonized with the size of
ballast water piping and pump(s) capacities.
Flow Pres- Can be delivered in various sizes. The flow pressure valve will be harmonized with the
sure Valve size of ballast water piping and pump(s) capacities.
UV Power UV Power cabinets is of a standard One UV Power cabinet for each UV chamber
cabinets size – 35 kW.
Control Sys- The control system function is stand- The software will be adapted to the number of UV
tem/PLC ard. chambers/UV Power cabinets.
Table 3.2 Main components
3 Operation
3.2 Operation description and procedures
3.2.1 General Ex safety
Ex components should in principle not be opened if there could be gas present. Always follow the man-
ufacture`s safety instructions. Ex equipment must be operated by trained personnel. This means that gas
detection equipment must be used to check for gas in the area and follow the safety requirements for ship.
3.2.2 Operation description

The Optimarin Ballast System treats the ballast water utilizing two procedures – one for ballasting and one
for deballasting.
3.2.2.1 Ballasting description

During ballasting the ballast water will first be filtered through a 25 micron filter. This filter removes larger
particles including the majority of the zoo-plankton. After the filter, the water will run through the UV
chamber(s) in which the water will be exposed to a high dose of UV light. The UV-exposure will kill/in-
activate the remainder of plankton as well as the bacteria/viruses.
3.2.2.2 Deballasting description

During deballasting, the filter is bypassed and the ballast water is once more run through the UV chamber
(s). This will ensure inactivation of plankton and bacteria/viruses should any have passed the first treat-
ment.
3.2.2.3 Emergency bypass description

Severe alarms that jeopardize safety of both personnel and machinery will automatically shut down the sys-
tem. These alarms are called "Shutdown alarms (SD)".
Alarms caused by the UV system will shut down (isolate) the faulty chamber only and the flow capacity
through the system will be reduced by 167m³/h per isolated chamber. These alarms are called "Non-shut-
down alarms (NSD)". The BWTS is still treating according to the Type Approval Certificate.
Several non-shutdown alarms will eventually cause a shutdown alarm. Please see chapter "Automatic UV
chamber shutdown" on page 119.
3.2.2.4 Intentional use of Optimarin bypass valve

Intentional use of the bypass may be necessary in events like e.g. internal transfer of ballast. The bypass
can be manually opened, either locally or remote. Note, operation of the bypass valve will be logged in the
control system, ref. chapter "Operation log" on page 107.
The valve is opened by clicking on the "Open bypass" button (locally at the HOME page of the Touch Panel
or at the vessels control system). A popup will appear on the Tocuh Panel to prevent unintended opening of
the bypass. Intended opening is confirmed by clicking 'OK' on the popup, otherwise click 'Cancel' to abort.
3 Operation
Figure 3.3 Confirm open bypass
3.2.2.5 Logging of shutdown and bypass

The system will log all shutdown and manual bypasses. Please see chapter 4.2.5.3 on page 107 for ref-
erence. Entry #10 in the log is an example of a shutdown alarm, while entry #11illustrates a manual bypass
operation.
In addition the system has input signal from the vessel indicating if an illegal bypass of the OBS is active.
This will generate an alarm after a small delay (delay set enough for the crew to operate valves without
loosing pump suction!
3.2.2.6 Optional ship signals for extended functionality

The control system supports receiving feedback from ship for extended functionality. These are:
l Sea chest valve open
l Overboard open
l External alarm
l Valves tank aligned
3.2.2.6.1 Sea chest and overboard valve open
Feedback from the sea chest and overboard valves is primarily used to tell the control system that no bal-
last water can be taken in or discharged.
When integrated, the following functionality is added:
l The bypass is manually opened together with sea chest valves and overboard valves closed:
àInternal transfer operation is logged instead of manual bypass
l The bypass is manually opened together with sea chest valves open:
àIllegal ballasting in progress! System will generate a shutdown alarm
l The bypass is manually opened together with over board valves:

à Illegal deballasting in progress! System will generate a shutdown alarm
3 Operation
If optional signal "Valves tank aligned" is not used, the sea chest and overboard feedback also add the fol-
lowing functionality:
l Overboard valve(s) open during ballast and UV lamps fully ignited:

à Status will say "Waiting for valves to tank" as the system assumes ship valve lineup as sea-to-sea.
As long as system is in this state, the amount of water for the given ballast operation will not be accu-
mulated!
l Sea chest valve(s) open during deballast and UV lamps fully ignited:
à Status will say "Waiting for valves from tank" as the system assumes ship valve lineup as sea-to-
sea . As long as system is in this state, the amount of water for the given deballast operation will not
be accumulated!
3.2.2.6.2 External alarm
The signal represent external conditions on ship side that should shutdown the system or prevent it from
being started.
Example of conditions that could generate such a signal:
l Fire alarm
l Additional emergency stop
l Gas detector
l Ventilation fan
l Fire extinguishing system
When this signal is integrated, it provides the following functionality:
l System in operation and external alarm active:

àShuts down the system and create a shutdown alarm. The event is logged in the operation log
Figure 3.4 Shutdown alarm from active external alarm during operation
l System not in operation and external alarm active:

àSystem will create a warning which is present until external alarm condition is not active anymore.
Prevents system operation from being started
Figure 3.5 Operation start prevent warning from active external alarm during standby
3 Operation
3.2.2.6.3 Valves tank aligned
This signal is used to tell the control system if ship valves are aligned to tank meaning water can flow from
sea chest and into tank or from tank and through overboard valve. I.e the valve lineups for active ballasting
and deballasting.
When this signal is integrated into the control system, it provides the following functionality:
l System in ballast start or stop sequence and valve tank aligned condition active:
àShuts down the system and create a shutdown alarm. The event is logged in the operation log. This
is because untreated water is going into the ballast tanks
l System in ballast operation with UV lamps fully ignited and valves tank aligned condition active:
àStatus in control system will be "Ballasting" and amount of water run through the system is accu-
mulated
l System in ballast operation with UV lamps fully ignited and valves tank aligned condition not active:
àStatus in control system will be "Waiting for valves to tank" and amount of water run through the
system is accumulated
l System in deballast start or stop sequence and valves tank aligned condition active:
àShuts down the system and create a shutdown alarm. The event is logged in the operation log. This
is because untreated water is going out of the ballast tanks
l System in deballast with UV lamps fully ignited and valves tank aligned condition active:
àStatus in control system will be "Deballasting" and amount of water run through the system is accu-
mulated
l System in deballast with UV lamps fully ignited and valves tank aligned condition not active:
àStatus in control system will be "Waiting for valves from tank" and amount of water run through
the system is accumulated
3.2.3 Operation modes

Information on the operation modes are located on the top left on the Touch panel.
Figure 3.6 Information bar
The different parts are described in the following chapters:
1. Area mode
2. Control stations
3. Filter mode
3 Operation
3.2.3.1 Area
The system has two area modes; USCG (must be used into and within USA, optionally it may also be used in
the rest of the world) and IMO (may be used in the rest of the world). It is the operators responsibility that
the correct area mode is used. The area mode is logged in the BWTS' log.
Correct use of area modes:
• USCG mode to be used for ballast water that is going to be discharged inside US (optionally the whole
world)
• IMO mode may be used for ballast water that is going to be discharged outside US
CAUTION!
If a planned voyage is interrupted and the initial area of arrival is changed, the water
planned discharged in the new area must be treated accordingly.
E.g.: a voyage from South America to Europe is rerouted to USA. The ballast water planned
to be discharged in US waters must be treated in USCG mode!
The following must be done in the above example:
1. The current ballast water must be discharged using IMO mode before entering US
2. Ballast using USCG mode
3. Discharge the ballast water using USCG mode
This is how the different area mode selections is illustrated on the top left of the Touch panel:
IMO area mode:
USCG area mode:
3.2.3.1.1 USCG
The USCG mode must be used when sailing into USA and domestic voyages within USA. It may also be used
in the rest of the world, but it is recommended to use IMO mode due to less strict UV-I limitations.
3.2.3.1.2 IMO
The IMO mode is recommended to be used when leaving USA and all other voyages in the world.
3.2.3.2 Control stations

The OBS can be operated/controlled for two different locations; local and remote
3 Operation
3.2.3.2.1 Local mode
Local operation is defined by a ballast water operation where the Optimarin Ballast System is started from
the ‘Touch Panel’ delivered by Optimarin. This panel may be located in the vicinity of the Optimarin Ballast
System or somewhere else on the vessel.
In local mode an operation is started by the buttons located at the 'Left slide-in menu ' on the touch panel.
Figure 3.7 Home in "Local mode"
The status message in the information bar is very useful during start up, operation and shut down of the
treatment system.
Figure 3.8 Status message
Always start the Optimarin Ballast System before starting any ballast pump. The status message will switch
to “Waiting for minimum flow” when ready to receive water (aka: start ballast pump).
3.2.3.2.2 Remote mode
Remote operation works in the exact way as local. The only difference is that the status messages are
replaced by a various set of indicators.
As local operation – remote operation also has three buttons for operating the system
• Start ballasting
• Start deballasting
• Open bypass
The status messages are replaced by indicators:
3 Operation
Local status message Indicator representation in remote mode
Same local message in ballasting / deballasting: OBS ballasting active. Start pump(s)
OBS deballasting active. Start pump(s)
There are three messages for system 100% running For ballasting:
OBS set valves “Sea chest - OBS - Tank”
For deballasting:
*
OBS set valves “Tank - OBS – Over board”
*Depending on ship integration

Message for turning off the ballast pump(s): OBS ballasting not active
OBS deballasting not active
Indication of system running 100% treatment: OBS at full treatment
Table 3.3 Indicator representation in remote mode
In the following procedures remote mode is indicated by REM.
3.2.3.2.3 Transfer control between local and remote
Figure 3.9 Local/remote switch
Transfer of control between local and remote station is done from the CONTROL PANEL. Use the switch
indicated with LOC/REM.
NOTE 1
When the system is started LOCALLY, it will automatically stop when put into
REMOTE mode.
When the system is started REMOTELY, the operation will continue in LOCAL mode.
3 Operation
NOTE 2
When control is taken to local and control is lost at the remote location, an audible warning
will be given at the workstation that relinquishes control.
3.2.3.2.3.1 Local mode functionality
• Local start/stop of operations: enabled

• Remote start/stop of operations: disabled
• Local acknowledging of alarms: enabled
• Remote acknowledging of alarms: disabled
3.2.3.2.3.2 Remote mode functionality
• Local start/stop of operations: disabled

• Remote start/stop of operations: enabled
• Local acknowledging of alarms: disabled
• Remote acknowledging of alarms: enabled
3.2.3.3 Filter mode

The filter can be set into three modes:
1. Filter off: The back flush feature is turned off. This can be used when flushing is not wanted. E.g. during
internal circulation warmup in a closed loop. Turning the filter off will prevent the back flush system to
drain the closed loop.
2. Filter in auto: The filter will back flush based on high differential pressure between filter inlet and outlet.
3. Cont. flush: The filter will back flush continuously. Recommended to be used e.g. in open see after bal-
lasting in really dirty/muddy water. Please see "Routine after ballasting “dirty” water " on page 204 for
the routine.
See "Routine after ballasting “dirty” water " on page 204 on how to set filter mode from the control panel
NOTE
Optimarin recommends to keep the filter mode in "Filter in auto" for normal operation.
3.2.4 Normal procedures

All ballast operations should be carried out by using the Optimarin Ballast System. Failure to do so will
infringe the vessels certificate and create non-compliance with the IMO/USCG regulation. Reactions from
Port State Controls to non-compliance may be severe and could have serious consequences for the oper-
ation of the vessel.
3 Operation
All operations should be carried out by using the ship’s ballast pumps(s) and using the Optimarin Ballast Sys-
tem.
Figure 3.10 Block diagram for OBS operation
3 Operation
3.2.4.1 Ballasting procedure
The same procedures are used for both local and remote operation (LOC = local, REM=remote).
3.2.4.1.1 Start ballasting
Step Where Operation

1. Line up valves:
”Sea chest - OBS - Over board”
2. Click on ”Start ballasting” button to prepare OBS for water flow
3. LOC Wait for status message ”Waiting for minimum flow”
REM Wait for feedback " OBS ballasting active. Start pump(s)"
4. Start pump(s)
OBS will start the treatment when the flow is above a minimum set point
5. LOC1 Wait for status "Waiting for valves to tank"
LOC2 Wait for status message “Ballasting”
REM Wait for feedback " OBS set valves 'Sea chest - OBS - Tank'"
6. Line up valves:
”Sea chest - OBS - Tank”
BALLASTING IN OPERATION
Table 3.4 Start ballasting procedure
3.2.4.1.2 End ballasting

1. Line up valves:
2. Click on ”End ballasting” button to end OBS treatment
3. OBS is automatically performing a double filter flushing
4. LOC Wait for status message “Waiting for low flow”
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS ballasting not active”
4-1. Line up valves:

"Tank - OBS - Overboard"
4-2. X seconds of system flushing with treated water
(time set to ensure volume filling of filter and UV system)
1If overboard or valve tank aligned feedback is integrated

2If overboard and valve tank aligned feedback is not integrated
3 Operation
5. Stop pump(s)
6. Restore ship valves to normal position
BALLASTING ENDED
7. Perform the “Inactivation of remaining life after last operation” procedure (Ref. chapter
3.2.4.3 on page 52)
Table 3.5 End ballasting procedure
Step 4-1 and 4-2 are to be performed on the last operation series in the same port/area.
This is to ensure that OBS and internal pipes are filled with treated water.
Always perform the procedure “Inactivation of remaining life after last operation” at the
end of the last operation series in the same port/area! Ref. chapter 3.2.4.3 on page 52.
3 Operation
3.2.4.2 Deballasting procedure
The same procedures are used for both local and remote operation (LOC = local, REM = remote).
3.2.4.2.1 Start deballasting

1. Line up valves:
2. Click on ”Start deballasting” button to prepare OBS for water flow
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS deballasting active. Start pump(s)”
4. Start pump(s)
OBS will start the treatment when the flow is above a minimum set point
5. LOC1 Wait for status message “Deballasting”
LOC2 Wait for status "Waiting for valves from tank"
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS set valves ‘Tank - OBS - Over board’”
6. Line up valves:
“Tank - OBS – Over board”
DEBALLASTING IN OPERATION
Table 3.6 Start deballasting procedure
1If sea chest or valve tank aligned feedback is integrated

2If sea chest and valve tank aligned feedback is not integrated
3 Operation
3.2.4.2.2 End deballasting

1. Line up valves:
2. Click on “End deballasting” button
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS deballasting not active”
4. Stop pump(s)
DEBALLASTING ENDED
6. Perform the “Inactivation of remaining life after last operation” procedure (Ref. chapter
3.2.4.3 on page 52)
Table 3.7 End deballasting procedure
Always perform the procedure “Inactivation of remaining life after last operation” at the
end of the last operation series in the same port/area! Ref. chapter 3.2.4.3 on page 52.
3 Operation
3.2.4.3 Inactivation of remaining life after last operation
This procedure must be used after the last series of operation in same port/area. The procedure will inac-
tivate remaining life in the system by circulation sea water through the UV system. Alternatively the two
additional steps (4-1 and 4-2) during "End ballast" can be used. Please see "End ballasting" on page 48.
USE GOOD QUALITY WATER
Please note that step 7 will not be achieved unless the UV intensity is above:
150 W/m² in IMO mode or 400 W/m² in USCG mode.
3 Operation
1. The last operation is finished
2. Line up valves:
“Ballast line – Pump – OBS – Ballast line“
With sea chest, overboard and valves to tank closed (internal circulation loop)
3. Click on ”Start deballasting” button to prepare OBS for water flow
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS deballasting active. Start pump(s)”
5. Make sure to have enough sea water in the system
• Recommending:
Open from one ballast tank that contains sea water
• If all ballast tanks are empty see chapter 3.2.4.3.1 on page 53
6. Start pump(s)
OBS will start the UV system when the flow is above a minimum set point
7. LOC Wait for status message “Deballasting (x m³)”
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS at full treatment”
8. Close feed valve from ballast tank (sea chest, ref. chapter 3.2.4.3.1 on page 53)
9. X seconds ballast system pipe flushing
Time set to ensure inactivation of all remaining life in pipeline
10. Click on “End deballasting” button
11. Wait for status message “Waiting for low flow”
Wait for feedback ” OBS deballasting not active”

12. Stop pump(s)
LIFE INACTIVATION ENDED
Table 3.8 Inactivation of remaining life procedure
KEEP YOUR TANKS CLEAN
Optimarin recommends to also clean the ballast tanks on a regular basis. Please see chapter
"Routine for sediment removal" on page 204.
3.2.4.3.1 Not sufficient water when running “Inactivation of remaining life”
If not sufficient water is present in the ballast system and the system cannot be fed from the ballast tanks
then the system must be filled using sea chest valve.
3 Operation
In such events the water has to be filtered. Following changes must be done in the “Inactivation of remain-
ing life” procedure:
• Change filter mode to "Filter off" from the control panel to prevent automatic back flushing of the filter
to be started.
• Step 03 in the procedure above must be altered from “Start deballasting” to “Start ballasting”. This
enables the filter to be used.
3 Operation
3.2.4.4 Procedure for routine flushing
This procedure is to be used for maintenance purposes only. Please see chapter "Routines" on page 204.
For detailed information about operation settings and how to start the operation from local, please see "Fil-
ter routine flushing" on page 115.

1. Set valves in the following lineup in order to start the OBS
2. Click on ”Start routine flushing” button to prepare OBS for water flow
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS routine flushing active. Start pump(s)”
4. Start pump(s)
OBS will start flushing and igniting UV lamps depending on routine flushing settings.
5. Let OBS work for at least 10 minutes.
6. Click on ”End routine flushing” button to end OBS routine flush
REM Wait for feedback ” OBS routine flushing not active”
8. Stop pump(s)
9. Proceed as described in chapter 3.2.4.3 on page 52
Table 3.9 Routine flushing procedure
3.2.5 Emergency procedures

In case of an emergency the OBS can be bypassed. This is done by opening the Optimarin Bypass Valve
[OBV01] in several different ways depending in the status of the electrical and pneumatic system onboard.
3.2.5.1 Bypassing when power and pneumatic pressure is present

The valve can be opened by using the "Open Bypass" button on the touch panel or at the vessels control
system. Please see the chapter "Intentional use of Optimarin bypass valve" on page 39.
This event will be logged in the OBS log.
3.2.5.2 Bypassing on power failure – pneumatic pressure is present

The Optimarin bypass valve [OBV01] has an override switch on the solenoid that can be manually operated
to force the valve open. The solenoid is assembled on the side of the actuator.
3 Operation
Figure 3.11 Valve actuator
Since there is no power to the control system this operation will not be logged.
However, the control system will log when the system has been powered down. It will also log an alarm if
the OBV01 is in wrong position when the power to the control system returns.
3.2.5.3 Bypassing on pneumatic pressure failure

The Optimarin bypass valve [OBV01] has a manual gear that must be used to force the valve open in emer-
gency situations in the event of pneumatic failure.
Figure 3.12 By pass valve with manual operation
This operation will be logged in the control system.
3 Operation
3.2.6 Treatment of ballast water exceeding the BWTS' test water spe-
cification
Users may encounter coastal and harbor water of a worse quality than the BWTS's test water. Under cer-
tain extreme conditions the OBS may not be able to treat the water 100% (treatment factor less than
100%), which will be noted as follows:
Local:
The status message will show “Ballasting” / “Deballasting” together with the treatment bar being not 100%
filled with green:
= Not 100% treatment
= 100% treatment
Remote:
Feedback
“ Set valves ‘Tank – OBS – Overboard’” or
“ Set valves ‘Sea chest – OBS – Tank’” active (green) together with
“ OBS at full treatment” inactive (grey)
“ OBS warning”
Situation like this will be logged in the OBS control system as not 100% treated and a warning will be
present as long as the water condition remains bad.
Under certain circumstances STOP BALLASTING. If the ballast operation cannot be postponed until vessel
enters an area with better water quality, it is recommended that the Master contacts the local Port
State Authorities for how to proceed.
The system is operable when this warning is active!
"Not 100% treatment" is a result of the measured UV intensity being below the limit set
after doing biological testing of the Optimarin Ballast System. Ref. "UV intensity low limit" on
page 15.
Please also see chapter "Determining the 'Treatment factor'" on page 108.
3 Operation
If untreated water is taken onboard and discharged outside port, but within the same ter-
ritorial waters, it is still advisable to seek acceptance from port regulators unless general
permission to ballast and deballast untreated water in the same area is already allowed by
current national regulation.
Make sure that the BWM plan includes good contingency procedures including procedures
in cases of BWTS non-compliance. It is recommended to run the BWTS even if non-com-
pliant warnings appears rather than bypassing and take in untreated water.
With reference to BWMC Regulation A-3.5, untreated ballast water and sediments taken
onboard must be discharged in the same territorial waters to avoid contamination in the
next port. Therefore, it is advised that the plan incorporate a procedure to avoid mixing of
treated and untreated water onboard and including thorough tank flushing after debal-
lasting untreated or non-compliant water. The number of flushing necessary to remove sed-
iments will be dependent on the estimated volume of sediment.
3 Operation
3.3 Component description
This chapter gives a general description of all the major components in the Optimarin Ballast System. For
maintenance on the individual components please see chapter 6 on page 198 (Routines, service and main-
tenance). For troubleshooting please see chapter 7 on page 294.
3.3.1 General
The OBS is a component based system. That means that the system is based upon many different com-
ponents set up to work together to obtain a common task – clean and disable life in the ballast water.
The following chapters will describe each individual main component. All components are tied together
with a control system. This system is described in chapter 4 on page 86.
3.3.2 Filter
The filter is removing the particles from the seawater during intake. It is therefore only in use during bal-
lasting. The filter screen is 25µm. The filter has a self-cleaning function by reversing the flow direction and
flushing the dirty water back into the sea.
3.3.2.1 Functional description of the filter

The filter is used to filter particles from media in order to protect the downstream parts of the plant. The fil-
ter is used especially for difficult applications caused by high levels of dirty cargo, soiling which is difficult to
remove or low operating pressures. The two-way cleaning effect of the filtering element optimized for
these applications makes for a high level of cleaning during backflushing which in turn keeps the pressure
drop on the filter constant. It can be used as a main flow filter or partial flow filter. The filtering element is
cleaned automatically so that the plant does not have to be switched off for cleaning.
3.3.2.2 Filter housing

The filter housing contains all the pipe connections, the vent, drain hole and the connection points for the
pressure monitoring system. The lower section of the housing is screwed to the cover. The gear motor is
fastened to the cover using flanges. Depending on the housing material and the area of application the
inside of the filter can be fitted with an internal lining/coating. Depending on the housing material a sac-
rificial anode can be installed in the filter to protect the internal parts.
3.3.2.3 Differential pressure monitoring system

The differential pressure monitoring system measures the differential pressure between the filter inlet and
filter outlet. As the contamination in the filtering element increases, the differential pressure in the filter
also increases. The controller processes the electrical signals from the differential pressure monitoring sys-
tem and triggers a backflushing procedure or issues an alarm if the differential pressure continues to rise
despite backflushing having been performed. In case of an active alarm the filter has to be taken out of ser-
vice and cleaned and/or serviced.
3 Operation
3.3.2.4 Filter gear motor
If the pressure gradient between the dirty side and the clean side reaches a set value due to the growing
layer of dirt on the filter material, the automatic filtering element cleaning is triggered. To do so the filter
gear motor (FGM01) turns the flushing arms at constant speed until the gear motor is switched off auto-
matically after a set time.
3.3.2.5 Back flush discharge line

The pneumatically actuated filter flush discharge valve (FFV01) opens and closes the backflushing discharge
line at the start and end of the backflushing phases respectively. Also see chapter 3.3.5 on page 73 (Back
flush pump).
3.3.2.6 Operation illustrations
3.3.2.6.1 Filtration stage
1. Filter gear motor
2. Filtering element
3. Back flush discharge line
N1. Inlet
N2. Outlet
Figure 3.13 Filter cross section
The medium being filtered flows into the housing via the inlet flange. The spacer pipe guides a partial flow
of the unfiltered medium into the upper area of the housing. The unfiltered medium flows into the filtering
element via the two open ends. The medium flows through from the outside to the inside and the particles
in the medium are held back on the filter material of the element. The cleaned medium proceeds to the fil-
ter outlet. The backflushing discharge valve is closed. The gear motor is switched off.
3 Operation
3.3.2.6.2 Backflushing stage
1. Filter gear motor
2. Filtering element (fine sieve cyl-

inder )
3. Flushing arm
4. Flushing arm shaft
5. Flushing bush
N1. Inlet
N2. Outlet
N3. Backflush discharge line
Figure 3.14 Filter cross section
The foreign substances held back on the filtering element generate a growing differential pressure between
filter inlet and outlet. Backflushing is triggered by the controller when the differential pressure reaches a
certain value.
During the backflushing stage the filtering element are cleaned. When backflushing is triggered, the gear
motor is switched on. It turns the flushing arm (which is displaced 90°) with the flushing bushes past the fil-
tering element. At the same time the backflushing discharge valve is opened. This causes a high axial flow in
the filtering element and the particles of dirt which are held back are flushed off. The medium flowing
lengthways through the filtering element (cross-flow backflushing) conveys the particles of dirt out of the fil-
ter. After the set time the controller switches off the gear motor. The backflushing discharge valve is closed.
The filter is cleaned.
3.3.2.6.3 Filter insert
NOTE
Always ensure that the filter insert is not placed on the lower bush or flushing arm shaft out-
side the filter housing and that the upper and lower seal of the filter insert are not damaged.
These seals have to be removed to perform maintenance work on a filter insert.
• When installing a filter insert, be sure to install the seals at the top and bottom of the fil-
ter insert before installing it.
• Replace any damaged seals.
3 Operation
3.3.2.6.3.1 Fine sieve cylinder
1. Anchor
2. Fine sieve cylinder
3. Socket
4. Lower element support
5. Seal
6. Seal
7. Flushing device
8. Seal
9. Seal
10.Upper element support
11.Socket
Figure 3.15 Construction of the filter insert with fine sieve cylinder
3.3.2.6.3.2 Functional description of the filter insert with a fine sieve cylinder
Filter inserts with a fine sieve cylinder are used for filtration. The direction of flow through the fine sieve cyl-
inder is from the inside out.
Particles of dirt caught in the flow are thus filtered out by the fine sieve cylinder. The cleaned medium exits
from the side of the fine sieve cylinder and is fed back into the system.
The filter insert with a fine sieve cylinder consists of a fine sieve cylinder that is tightly attached to the top
and bottom of the element support.
The type of fine sieve cylinder used depends on the medium being filtered.
The distance between the upper and lower element supports is determined by the length of the anchors.
The dirty side is sealed off from the clean side by seals on the upper and lower element support or at the
ends of the fine sieve cylinder.
The dirt particles caught on the fine sieve cylinder are cleaned off using the flushing device, which is stored
in the filter element by means of the sockets.
3 Operation
3.3.2.6.4 Removal from service
3.3.2.6.4.1 Short-term removal from service
NOTE
The flushing device has to be moved every 24 hours while the backflushing valve is closed so
as to ensure that it can be operated and restarted.
Depressurise and drain the filter, please see chapter "Preparatory work" on page 235. When using the filter
in watery media, it is imperative to adhere to the following:
CAUTION!
Backflushing of the filter after ballast water filtration
On competition of the ballast water filtration, it is recommended to carry out the backflush
cycle three times. Afterwords, it is imperative to fill the filter with fresh water (not salt
water) to prevent dirt deposits on the mesh and then hardens. Running the filter to empty
must be avoided in any event.
3.3.2.6.4.2 Longer term removal from service / removal
NOTE
The flushing device has to be moved every 24 hours while the backflushing valve is closed so
as to ensure that it can be operated and restarted.
Depressurise and drain the filter, please see chapter "Preparatory work" on page 235. When removing the
filter and removing it from service for longer periods, pay attention to the following points in order to pre-
vent crevice corrosion:
NOTE
• The filter must be completely drained.

• Disconnect all connections from the filter.
• The filter must be thoroughly cleaned.
• The filter must be sealed by applying an appropriate anticorrosive, if necessary.
• The connection flange openings must be sealed with plastic (or similar) dummy plugs.
3.3.2.6.4.3 Disposal
DISPOSAL
When the filter or individual components and consumables are finally disposed of, make
sure that they are disposed of in an environmentally friendly manner.
3 Operation
3.3.3 UV system
3.3.3.1 Description of the UV chamber and components
The UV chambers are built in CuNi Fer 90/10 with hot dipped galvanized loose flanges.
On top of the chamber there are installed two 1" nozzles, one for temperature sensor and one for tem-
perature switch. Also there is 1" nozzles in front and at the back of the chamber. These two are both for the
UV sensor and the one best suitable is to be used in your installation. Close to both ends of the chamber
there is one 1" nozzles. These are for circulation of cleaning agents and the lower one also to be used for
drain.
On each end of the UV Chamber there is machined an o-ring grooved opening for insert of a quartz glass.
The quartz glass isolates the UV lamp from the water running through the UV chamber.
The quartz glass is held in place with o-rings, backup ring and a backup plate, ref chapter 6.7.4 on page 273.
The UV lamp will be installed inside the quartz glass and the UV lamp cables are drawn out through the end
plug and connected to the terminal inside the lamp connection box, ref chapter 6.7.4 on page 273.
1. Flange - for connection to manifold

and UV chamber valve
2. Lamp connection box
3. Grounding point
4. Temperature transmitter
5. UV intensity sensor
6. Drain / Outlet for circulation of

cleaning agents
7. Temperature switch
Figure 3.16 UV Chamber
8. Inlet for circulation of cleaning
agents
3.3.3.2 Dual safety layer on UV chamber

Each UV chambers are delivered with an additional bimetal temperature switch that will turn off the
UV lamp on high temperature in case of control system failure. The switch will directly break the control cir-
cuit inside the corresponding UV Power cabinet.
The switch has a fixed temperature set point of 70°C.
3.3.3.3 Description of UV manifold

The ballast water will flow through the inlet manifold, the UV chambers and out through the outlet man-
ifold. To ensure equal flow through each UV chamber, the inlet and outlet of the manifolds are placed diag-
onally to each other. See examples below.
3 Operation
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Diagonally to each other
Figure 3.17 Diagonally inlet/outlet
Figure 3.18 Example of flow direction
3 Operation
Figure 3.19 Example: 3xUV chamber system – for a total flow of maximum 500m3/h
The inlet manifold shall be is equipped with an air release valve to evacuate air in the system.
In the UV chambers the water will be exposed to a very high dose of UV. During operation the UV intensity
sensor and temperature sensor monitors the quality and temperature of the ballast water. The outlet man-
ifold is equipped with a butterfly valve for the possibility to drain the system for maintenance purpose.
3.3.3.4 Description of the quartz glass

The quartz sleeve is a especially designed glass tube that protects the ultraviolet lamp and keeps it free and
dry from water that flows through the UV chamber. The UV lamp is placed centered inside the quartz glass.
The UV lamp's centering and anti-vibration/rotation springs will press against the quartz glass inside and
ensure a fixed position of the UV lamp.
Figure 3.20 Quartz glass
Quartz glass is the purest form of glass. It consists of only two elements – silicon and oxygen (SiO2). With its
high purity and its microstructure provides a unique set of properties needed for optimal UV lamp oper-
ating conditions:
l low thermal expansion
3 Operation
l thermal shock resistance
l high durability
l high optical transmission in UV wavelengths, which aid the transmission of UV-C light
3.3.4 Valves
3.3.4.1 Butterfly valves
The valves in the main line around the filter and Optimarin bypass valve are
delivered with actuators and open/close feedback signals. The actuators are con-
trolled by dry compressed instrument air.
Optimarin recommend a pressure of 5 – 7 bars and not above 10 bars for the actu-
ators.
The valves will go into alarm mode if the feedback signals are incorrect.
In case of power failure the actuator will close the valve (fail-close).
Figure 3.21 Valve and

pneumatic actuator
3.3.4.1.1 Pneumatic actuators
The actuated butterfly valves are controlled by pneumatic actuators.
• The actuators are controlled by dry compressed instrument air

• A water / condensation separator on the instrument air must be installed to prevent damaging the actu-
ator internals.
• The air quality must meet the ISO8573-1:2010 standard
– Solids: The operating medium must be free of dust. The maximum particle size must not exceed
300µm (Class 5)
– Water: In order to prevent water condensation and/or solidification the operating medium must
have a dew point equal to -20°C or at least 10°C below ambient temperature (Class 3)
– Oil: The operating medium must be free of oil (Class 0)
• Optimarin recommend a pressure of 5 – 7 bars and not above 8 bars for the actuators
• The actuator is fitted with a set of limit switches to detect open and closed position. The limit switch box
also functions as a terminal box for the solenoid.
• Please adjust the exhaust regulators to ensure smooth movement of the disc
3 Operation
NOTE
Optimarin accepts no liability for consequences from unpurified compressed air supplied
from customer!
1. Actuator
2. Limit switch box
3. Solenoid valve
4. Exhaust regulator
Figure 3.22 Pneumatic actuator overview
3.3.4.1.1.1 Additional functionality for the OBV01
The Optimarin Bypass Valve (OBV01) is bypassing the whole treat-

ment system. This valve is equipped with a manual override fea-
ture. This override feature is to be used in emergency operations
only when the safety of the ship is in jeopardy. In all other occa-
sions the valve override must not be used and the valve must be in
automatic mode.
The control system will log an shutdown alarm if the valve is

opened by the override feature.
Figure 3.23 OBV01 with manual override

feature
3 Operation
3.3.4.1.1.2 Valve sealing
The OBV01 is equipped with a manual override wheel. This wheel is sealed and the seal should only be
removed in case of emergency.
3.3.4.2 Flow pressure valve
The flow pressure valve [FPV01] is an electric control valve. The

valve is controlled by the control system. The valve is rotated by
the actuator and gear assembly fixed to the valve.
The valve is controlled by the electric actuator and gear mounted

to the butterfly valve, adjusting the valve from 0 to 100% open.
The functionality of the flow pressure valve is to maintain a given

flow rate through the system i.e a flow setpoint by dynamically
adjusting the opening of the valve. Behavior of the flow pressure
valve is then in simple terms explained as follows:
l If the measured flow through the system is lower than the

flow setpoint, the flow pressure valve will start opening to
increase the flow.
l If the measured flow through the system is higher than

the flow setpoint, the flow pressure valve will start closing
to decrease the flow.
Figure 3.24 Flow pressure valve.
The end result of the valve opening adjustment is a flow rate
equal the flow setpoint.
The flow setpoint is controlled by the control system in OBS and

uses the number of UV chambers in the system, the pressure in
the main pipeline from the pressure transmitter [PT01] and the
UV intensity transmitters [UV01-03] to set the flow setpoint.
• The flow setpoint is maximum set to the total rated capacity Figure 3.25 Position indication and system
based on number of active UV chambers in operation (3 * flow setpoint
167m³/h = 500m³/h)
• The flow setpoint is reduced if minimum back pressure is not
achieved according to setpoints explained in chapter "Set-
points" on page 122. This is to make the flow pressure valve
reduce its opening and restrict the flow to generate a higher
back pressure in the system.
• The flow setpoint is reduced if the measured UV intensity is
lower than OBS's treatment limit when OptiFlow is enabled as
explained in chapter "OptiFlow" on page 124.
The system flow setpoint can be seen on the touch panel next to
the valve symbol in m³/h. The current valve status expressed as
"% open" is shown below the flow setpoint indicator.
3 Operation
3.3.4.2.1 Electric control
The image below shows the electric Flow Pressure Valve operation. To reduce the flow - and thus increase
pressure upstream of the valve - the electric actuator will close the valve by turning it from 90° down to a
max 0° angle from center (quarter turn valve). To achieve a 100 to 0% open valve function, the valve is con-
nected to the motor via a multi-turn internal gearbox in the actuator. The valve position indicator will turn
along with the motor. A full transition from fully closed to fully open is 90°rotation of the butterfly valve,
and several turns of the motor and indicator as they are mounted directly on the electric motor before the
gears.
Figure 3.26 Flow pressure valve
A Electric valve motor driver and interface lid

B Valve position indicator, and manual override dial
C Electric actuator motor
D Interface disc between actuator and butterfly valve
E Cable gland installation point
F Butterfly valve body
G Flow restriction element
H Butterfly valve-shaft stop plug
3.3.4.2.2 Manual override electric Flow Pressure Valve
In case of power failure, control system error or another fault preventing normal operation of the FPV , it
can be operated manually without the need of additional tools:
3 Operation
1. If the power supply is on, the FPV actuator might resist the rotation of the hand wheel. If this is the case,
turn off the power to the FPV valve.
1. Remove hand-wheel cover by grabbing the tabs and pulling it straight up.
2. Turn hand-wheel clockwise to close or counter-clockwise to open valve.
3. Valve position can be seen on the visual indicator in the center of the hand-wheel pointing towards the
open/close markings on the outer rim of the valve top.
4. When manual operation is completed, refit hand wheel cover by pressing it down until it stops against
the actuator’s top cover.
Figure 3.27 Removing hand-wheel cover Figure 3.28 Manual operation features
3.3.4.2.3 Manually testing electric Flow Pressure Valve
The FPV can be manually tested via the Touch screen on the control panel by using the manual override
function.
3 Operation
1. Log on as ‘Chief’ level as described in chapter 4.2.8 on
page 133
2. Click on the FPV symbol on the ‘Home’ page
3. Put the valve into manual mode by clicking on the

‘Manual’ button
4. Enter the desired valve opening in % valve open, in the

range from 0% open(valve fully closed) to 100% open
(valve fully open), and press Enter.
5. Remember to put the valve back into ‘Auto’ mode after Figure 3.29 FPV at Home view
the manual override.
Figure 3.30 FPV options
3.3.4.2.4 Troubleshooting
Symptom Cause Remedy
Valve fails No power to valve actuator Check fuses and power supply to valve
to open
No connection to Control system I/O Check analog control signal cable from +SB01
Actuator is mounted with the wrong Disconnect actuator from valve and check if actuator
rotation compared to the butterfly moves from 0 to 100% when opening and closing
valve and is pushing against the valve from control panel, and mount actuator back cor-
seat. rectly.
The actuator motor control has failed Change actuator motor control interface card on actu-
ator.
Actuator is experiencing torque over- Take out valve and check seals and seat and ensure
load and stopping due to high torque smooth and unrestricted movement of valve disc.
during operation of valve.
3 Operation
Symptom Cause Remedy
Valve fails No Power to Valve actuator Check fuses and power supply to valve actuator
to close
Valve is stuck and the actuator does Check top of the actuator and see if the valve is trying
not have enouch torque to close to move, if the valve indicator on top is moving short
distance back and forth, take out valve to service
valve.
An object is trapped in the main Disassemble the valve and remove the object. Flush
valve seal disc the upstream line before reassembling the valve
Table 3.10 FPV01 troubleshooting
3.3.4.3 Air release valve
The valve is a combination air valve has the features of both an air release
valve and an air/vacuum valve.
The air release component is designed to automatically release small pock-

ets of air to the atmosphere as they accumulate along a pipeline or piping
system when it is full and operating under pressure.
The air/vacuum component is designed to automatically discharge or admit

large volumes of air during the filling or draining of a pipeline or piping sys-
tem. This valve will open to relieve negative pressures whenever water
column separation occurs.
Working pressure range: 0.2 - 16 bar
Figure 3.31 Air release valve
3.3.5 Back flush pump
Figure 3.32 Back flush pump
The back flush pump is a centrifugal pump with electric motor. It is connected on the over board line for
the filter backflushing and contributes to more efficient filter cleaning. It is started automatically when a
flushing of the filter is required.
3 Operation
3.3.5.1 Intended use
• Only use the pump for pumping the agreed pumped media (sea water)
• Adhere to the operating limits and size-dependent minimum flow rate
• Avoid dry running:
– Initial damage, such as destruction of the mechanical seal and plastic parts, will occur within only a
few seconds
– Make sure the pump is only operated with, and never without, a pumped medium
• Avoid cavitation:
– Fully open the suction-side armature and do not use it to adjust the flow rate
– Do not open the pressure-side armature beyond the agreed operating point
• Avoid overheating:
– Do not operate the pump while the pressure-side armature is closed
– Observe the minimum flow rate
• Avoid damage to the motor:

– Do not open the pressure-side armature beyond the agreed operating point
– Note the maximum permissible number of times the motor can be switched on per hour
• Consult the manufacturer about any other use of the pump
3.3.5.1.1 Prevention of obvious misuse (examples)
• Note the operating limits of the pump concerning temperature, pressure, flow rate and motor speed
• The power consumed by the pump increases with increasing density of the pumped medium. To avoid
overloading the pump or motor, stay within the agreed density (sea water)
• When pumping liquids containing solids, ensure the limits for the proportion of solids and the grain size
are maintained
• When using auxiliary systems, ensure there is a continuous supply of the appropriate operating medium
• Pumps used with water as the pumped liquid must not be used for foodstuffs or drinking water. Use of
the pump for foodstuffs or drinking water must be specified in the data sheet
• Only select the setup type according to this operating manual. For example, the following are not
allowed:
– Hanging base plate pumps in the pipe
– Overhead installation
– Installation in the immediate vicinity of extreme heat or cold sources
– Installation too close to the wall
3 Operation
3.3.5.2 Product safety
The pump has been constructed according to the latest technology and recognized technical safety rules.
Nevertheless, operation of the pump can involve risks to life and health of the user or third parties and risk
of damage to the pump and other property.
• Only operate the pump if it is in perfect technical condition and only use it as intended, staying aware of
safety and risks, and in adherence to the instructions in this manual.
• Keep this manual and all other applicable documents complete, legible and accessible to personnel at all
times.
• Refrain from any procedures and actions that would expose personnel or third parties to any risk.
• In the event of any safety-relevant faults, shut down the pump immediately and have the fault cor-
rected.
• In addition to the entire documentation for the product, comply with statutory or other safety and acci-
dent prevention regulations and the applicable standards and guidelines in the country where the pump
is operated.
3.3.5.3 Start up
3.3.5.3.1 Switching on
• Pump aggregate set up and connected properly

• All connections stress-free and sealed
• Any available auxiliary systems are ready for operation
• All safety equipment installed and tested for functionality
• Pump prepared, filled and bled properly
Risk of injury due to running pump!
• Do not touch the running pump

• Ensure that the coupling guard is attached before start
• Do not carry out any work on the running pump
• Allow the pump to cool down completely before starting any work
Risk of injury and poisoning caused by pumped medium spraying out!
• Use protective equipment when carrying out any work on the pump
Material damage caused by dry running!
• Make sure the pump is filled properly
3 Operation
Risk of cavitation when throttling down the suction flow rate!
• Fully open the suction-side armature and do not use it to adjust the flow rate
• Do not open the pressure-side armature beyond the operating point
Material damage caused by overheating!
• Do not operate the pump for long periods with the pressure side fitting closed.
• Observe the minimum flow rate.
1. Open the suction-side armature
2. Close the pressure-side armature
3. Switch on the motor and check it for smooth running
4. Once the motor has reached its nominal speed, open the pressure-side armature slowly until the oper-
ating point is reached
5. For pumps with hot pumped media, make sure any temperature changes do not exceed 50 °C/h
6. After the initial stress caused by pressure and operating temperature, check that the pump is not leak-
ing
3.3.5.3.2 Swicthing off
• Pressure-side armature closed (recommended)
Risk of injury due to hot pump parts!
• Use protective equipment when carrying out any work on the pump
1. Switch off the motor
2. Check all connecting bolts and tighten them if necessary
3.3.5.4 Shutting down
Risk of injury and poisoning due to hazardous pumped media!
• Safely collect any leaking pumped medium and dispose of it in accordance with envir-
onmental rules and requirements
Take the following measures whenever the pump is shut down:
Pump is Measure
...shut down for a prolonged Take measures depending on the pumped medium
period
...emptied Close the suction-side and pressure-side armatures
3 Operation
Pump is Measure
...dismounted Isolate the motor from its power supply and secure it against unau-
thorized switch-on
Table 3.11 Measures to be taken if the pump is shut down
Behavior of Duration of shutdown (depending on process)

pumped medium
Short Long
Solids sediment Flush the pump Flush the pump
Solidifying/freezing, Heat up or empty the Empty the pump and containers
non-corrosive pump and containers
Solidifying/freezing, Heat up or empty the Empty the pump and containers. Treat the pump and
corrosive pump and containers containers with preservative
Remains liquid, non- - -
corrosive
Remains liquid, cor- - Empty the pump and containers. Treat the pump and
rosive containers with preservative
Table 3.12 Measures depending on the behavior of the pumped medium
3.3.5.5 Start-up following a shutdown period

If the pump is shut down for over 1 year, take the following measures before starting it up again:
Shutdown period Measure

> 1 year For versions with roller bearings without lifetime lubrication: re-lubricate
> 2 year Replace elastomer seals (O-rings, shaft sealing rings). Replace anti friction bearings
Table 3.13 Measures to be taken after prolonged shutdown periods
Carry out all steps as for the initial start-up, ref chapter 3.3.5.3 on page 75.
3.3.6 Sampling assembly

The sampling assembly is designed to meet the IMO/USCG requirements. It consists of a pipe arrangement
that will be fitted into the center of the ballast water flow and a ball valve to open and close the flow during
the sampling.
The system is fitted two sampling points; one before and one after.
One sampling assembly are provided to be fitted either before or after the treatment system depending on
requirement from authorities. During normal operation the sampling assembly will be safely stored by the
ship’s crew. Please remember to drain the actual position before installing.
3 Operation
During installation it is important that the sampling assembly is installed correctly to ensure flow direction
towards the inlet. The assembly is marked with an arrow that indicates the flow direction.
1. Make sure the sampling

pipe is inserted according
to figure, with the open-
ing facing against the flow
2. Insert the sampling

assembly
3. Fasten the nuts and bolts

when the assembly is on
its final position
Figure 3.33 Sampling assembly installation
Figure 3.34 Flow direction indication on the sampling assembly
3.3.7 Cabinets
This matrix explains the functionality of the various cabinets in OBS.
3 Operation
Control • Contains the controller (PLC) that controls and logs all
Panel operations in OBS
(+CP) • Touch panel used as a user interface for control, mon-

itor and displaying the log of OBS
• Terminals for connecting remote control of OBS
• Enclosure: IP 65
• LEDs:
– Red LED
General alarm (for the whole system)
– White LED
Treatment indicator
Flashing: Not 100% treatment
Steady: 100% treatment achieved
• Buttons:
– Local/Remote operation mode switch
– Remote stop switch
Filter Con- • Terminals for connecting equipment and instru-

trol mentation related to the filter:
(+FC) – Valves surrounding the filter

– Filter gear motor
– Back flush pump
– Filter signals
– Flow
– Pressure
• LEDs:
– Yellow LED
Backflushing indicator
Flashing: Pressure is building up, prepare for flush-
ing
Steady: Flushing in progress
• Buttons::
– Main power switch
– Start manual flush sequence
3 Operation
Sensor Box 1 • Terminals for connecting safety signals on the UV sys-
tem
(+SB1)
– Temperature measurement
– UV sensor
• Terminals for connecting signals to and from the Flow
Pressure Valve (FPV01)
• LEDs:
– Green LED
Power ON
• Buttons:
– Remote stop switch
UV Power Each UV power cabinets provides power (up to 35kW) to

cabinet one UV lamp.
(+UVPxx) • Terminals for connecting the high voltage UV lamp

(operational voltage: 1260VAC, ignition voltage:
<3800VAC in less than 1s)
• LEDs:
– Green LED
Main switch on and internal 24VDC control ener-
gized
– Blue LED
Heater on indicator
– White LED
UV status
Flashing: Started but not 100% treatment
Steady: 100% treatment achived
– Red LED
General alarm (for current UV system)
Any tampering with cabinet internals is

extremely dangerous and may have fatal con-
sequences!
The UV Power will shut down if ambient tem-

perature exceeds 55°C. Please keep the cabinets
ventilated.
3 Operation
Lamp Con- • Terminals for connecting the UV lamp cable when the
nection Box lamp needs to be replaced
(+LBxx.x) • Enclosure: IP 66
Flow Inter- • Safety system for Ex d. Connection between system

lock Panel flowmeter and UV lamp power supply
(+FIP) • If system flow drops below a critical level, the power of

UV lamps will turn off
Table 3.14 Various cabinet functionality
3.3.7.1 UV Power cabinet functionality
3.3.7.1.1 Intended use
The UV Power cabinet is an electrical unit intended to be installed within a ballast water treatment system
on board of ships. The modules inside is conceived for the operation of UV lamps with an electrical power
consumption up to 35 kW that are intended for this purpose. Each lamp is operated by one UV Power cab-
inet. The UV lamp is located in a UV chamber designed for treatment of ballast water and is connected to
the UV Power cabinet via suitable electrical cables.
3.3.7.1.2 Switching the cabinet on and off
The cabinet is switched on by turning the main switch clockwise from the 9:00h position to the 12:00h pos-
ition. The main switch may only be switched off in case of an emergency or while the UV lamp is off.
The system can still be operated at full treatment while parts of the UV system is switched off. Please see
"Automatic UV chamber shutdown" on page 119 for explanation.
The cabinet is switched off by turning the main switch counter clockwise from the 12:00h position to the
9:00h position.
Re-adjusting the main switch after it has been tripped due to a fault:
• Switch setting after tripping 45° (10:30h)

• Reset by turning the main switch counter clockwise from the 10.30h position to the 8.00h position
• After releasing, the main switch turns to the 9:00h position (off position)
• Restart of the cabinet is now possible again by turning the main switch clockwise to the 12:00h position
3 Operation
3.3.7.1.3 Explanation on LEDs inside the power module
Red LED:
Mains on
Green LED:
Network Modbus status.
This LED can also become red in case of an error. If the red light
flashes, the communication is lost for over 1 minute or address 0
is selected. Figure 3.35 LED status
Blue LED:
Lamp Power OK (lamp power within 5% of Powerset)
3.3.7.2 Special note on UV Power cabinets and Lamp Connection Boxes

During operation there is high voltage present inside these cabinets.
NEVER OPEN THE CABINETS/BOXES WITHOUT TURNING OFF THE UV POWER!!!
For more information on the UV Power cabinets please see "UV overview page" on page 98. This chapter
explains the operation and troubleshooting from the touch panel.
3.3.8 Instrumentation / sensors

There are a wide variety of sensors in the system used for both operational and safety purposes.
3.3.8.1 Pressure transmitter (PT01)
The pressure transmitter is installed between the filter outlet and the inlet
UV manifold. The transmitter is used both as an operational parameter and
also alarm.
Figure 3.36 Pressure transmitter
3.3.8.1.1 Operational parameter
The sensor gives feedback to the control system and it is used to control the FPV control valve (3.3.4.2 on
page 69). The FPV controls the pressure to maintain a certain back pressure in the system. This back pres-
sure is used to:
• Maintain a minimum pressure to ensure filled up UV chambers
3 Operation
• Maintain a minimum pressure to ensure efficient back pressure during filter flushing.
3.3.8.1.2 Alarm parameter
The control system gives an alarm if:
• The pressure is too low à UV chamber might not be full of water

• The pressure is too high à Danger! Nominal system pressure exceeded!
3.3.8.1.3 Rotation of sensor head
The sensor head can be rotated 350° by loosening the set screw on one side of the casing.
Figure 3.37 Set screw for rotation
CAUTION!
One of the set screws are sealed! Never open both screws as this can result in the casing
being rotated more than 350° and wires inside will break.
3.3.8.2 Flowmeter (FM01)
The flowmeter is installed between the filter outlet

and the FPV. The sensor is used both as an oper-
ational parameter and also alarm.
The flowmeter is designed to measure, indicate and

record the instantaneous and total flow of the con-
ductive media flowing through the sensor. The flow-
meter records both forward and reverse flows.
As there are no moving parts in the flow profile the
meter can be used to measure extremely dirty
liquids containing solids. The only limitation is that
the flowmeter can be used solely with conductive Figure 3.38 Flowmeter
liquids.
3 Operation
Range of applications:
The flowmeter is for use in the Chemical Industry, Paper Industry, Water and Wastewater Treatment
Industry and most other process industries.
Features:
The flowmeter is a highly accurate and stable device. The construction of the meter uses components with
long-term, time and temperature stability. Configuration data is backed up and can be recovered after a
power failure. The back-up structure enables data recovery even if a partial loss of data occurs as a result
of (e.g. high level electrostatic discharge or a noisy power supply). Internal CPU provides all functions usu-
ally built in electronic flowmeters, incl. low flow rate correction, frequency response setting, bandwidth of
sensitivity setting at low flow rates, etc.
Outputs:
The flowmeter is equipped with 4 standard isolated outputs: 4 to 20mA either passive or active, frequency
output or impulse output.
The sensor gives feedback to the control system and it is used to control the FPV control valve (3.3.4.2 on
page 69). The FPV controls the flow to not exceed the maximum of 167m³/h per UV chamber.
• The flow is too low à Heating of UV chamber possible! System will shut down
• The flow is too high à System operating outside capable area! System will shut down
3.3.8.3 UV intensity sensor
At the middle of the UV chamber an UV intensity sensor is fitted that

monitors the water quality. The engineering unit of this sensor is W/m².
The sensor is used both as an operational parameter and also alarm.
Figure 3.39 UV intensity sensor
The energy provided to the UV lamp is based upon this measured value. The set point for UV intensity is:
In IMO mode:
100% above the level when the 'OptiFlow' is running flow at full capacity (400W/m² + 100%)
3 Operation
In USCG mode:
50% above the level when the 'OptiFlow' is running flow at full capacity (1100W/m² + 50%)
If the measured value is above this set point the energy to the UV lamp is decreased (lamp will be dimmed)
and vice versa.
Please see chapter "OptiFlow" on page 124 for additional information.
• The intensity is too low à System operating outside capable

area!
Figure 3.40 UV sensor on a UV chamber
3.3.8.4 Temperature sensors

There is one temperature transmitter installed per UV chamber. This sensor monitors the temperature of
the UV chamber and is used as an alarm parameter. In case of high temperature the system will be shut
down.
In addition there is a bimetal switch on each chamber as described in the chapter "Dual safety layer on UV
chamber" on page 64.
3.3.8.4.1 Image of the temperature sensors location
Figure 3.41 Temperature sensors on top of the UV chamber
4 Control system 4
4 Control system
Control system version 2.3x – ref. TA-certificate TAP0000271, rev.2
All images in this chapter are for illustration only. The values, settings and configuration
may not be valid for your system!
If in doubt, always use factory settings which is specified to your system by an Optimarin
Engineer.
The following system shows a 3 UV chamber system, with options similar to your sys-
tem.
4.1.1 PLC 88
4.1.2 PROFIBUS network 88
4.1.3 PROFINET network 88
4.1.4 Cabinets 89
4.2.1 General 90
4.2.2 Home page 94
4.2.3 UV overview page 98
4.2.4 System overview page 104
4.2.5 Settings page 105
4.2.6 Chief Engineer tools 111
4.2.7 Change lamps 132
4.2.8 Log in / log out 133
4.2.9 Dynamics objects 134
4.4.1 Folder structure on the USB drive 143
4.4.2 File types and how to open 143
4.4.3 Header 143
4.4.4 File descriptions 144
4 Control system 4
4.4.5 Excel function: Text to Columns 147
4 Control system
4.1 Hardware description
The hardware of the control system consists of a PLC (programmable logical controller) and several cab-
inets distributed around in the system with remote I/Os (input/output). The whole network is connected
together with an industrial ethernet standard called Profinet.
A touch panel is used to monitor the process, start the system, adjust parameters and log events.
4.1.1 PLC
PLC is an abbreviation for Programmable Logical Controller and it is the con-
trolling and logging device in the control system. The PLC is a Siemens 1500
series (CPU1516-3 PN/DP).
Figure 4.1 Siemens 1500 series

PLC
4.1.2 PROFIBUS network

PROFIBUS (Process Field Bus) is a standard for field bus communication
in automation technology. The OBS control system utilizes a variant
called PROFIBUS DP.
Figure 4.2 Profibus
PROFIBUS DP (Decentralized Peripherals) is used to operate sensors and actuators via a centralized con-
troller (PLC) in automation applications.
4.1.3 PROFINET network

PROFINET (Process Field Net) is an industry technical standard for data
communication over Industrial Ethernet, designed for collecting data
from, and controlling equipment in industrial systems.
Figure 4.3 Profinet
Interfacing to peripherals is implemented by PROFINET IO via a centralized controller (PLC) in automation

applications.
4 Control system
4.1.4 Cabinets
There are many different cabinets in the OBS. Most of them are communicating with each other on either
Profibus or Profinet.
• Control Panel (+CP)

• Filter Control (+FC)
• Sensor Box (+SB1)
• UV Power cabinets (+UVPxx)
The rest of the cabinets and boxes are without Profibus and Profinet:
• Lamp Connection Boxes (+LBxx.1/2)

• Flow Interlock Panel (+FIP)
Please see chapter 3.3.7 on page 78 for detailed cabinet description.
4 Control system
4.2 Touch panel description
Figure 4.4 Home page
4.2.1 General
The touch panel control, monitor and log the Optimarin Ballast System (OBS). The panel layout is divided
into two parts. The main graphics area in the middle part and the information bar at the top. The inform-
ation bar is always displayed in all pages.
In addition there are 'slide in' menus on the left and on the bottom of the screen which can be accessed by
clicking on the slide-in menu button . Those will be explained in the following chapters.
IMO/USCG requires data logging of information regarding ballast water management. The
data in OBS will be stored for at least 2 years. The system will log and store operational
data as required. Log data can be read at the page: “Settings” >> “Operation Log” (Ref.
chapter 4.2.5.3 on page 107).
4.2.1.1 Information bar
Figure 4.5 Information bar
4 Control system
The information bar is located at the top of all pages and displays (from left to right):
the area mode, control station, filter mode, system status and date and time in CET (Central European
Time).
Area mode:
• IMO: The system is operating in IMO mode
• USCG The system is operating in USCG mode
Control station:
• Local: The system can be started by buttons on the touch panel.
• Remote: The system can be started remote from the ship’s system.
Filter mode:
• Filter off: The filter is turned off and will NOT self clean during operation.
• Filter in auto: The filter start automatically to self clean at high diff. pressure.
• Filter cont. flush: The filter is cleaned continuously.
The different statuses:
• System standby
• Waiting for UV system
• Preparing valves
• Waiting for minimum flow
• Starting UV lamp(s)
• Waiting for full treatment
• Ballasting Full operation!
• Deballasting Full operation!
• Stopping UV lamp(s)
• Cooling UV lamp(s)
• Shutdown filter flushing (x/y)
• Waiting for low flow
• Restoring valves
• Flushing filter
• General warning
• General alarm
Table 4.1 Shown in the information bar
4 Control system
The whole operating principle is described in chapter 3.2 on page 39.
4.2.1.2 Bottom slide-in menu

The bottom slide-in menu can be displayed by clicking in the 'slide-in' button on the bottom part of the
screen as illustrated in the below picture.
Figure 4.6 Bottom slide-in button
This menu can be used to navigate between the four main pages of the control system.
Figure 4.7 The bottom slide-in menu is used for navigating between the four main pages
Home: Opens a page displaying a general flow chart of the OBS system. See chapter
4.2.2.2 on page 95.
UV overview: Opens a page containing detailed information on each UV lamp. See chapter
4.2.3 on page 98.
System overview: Opens a page displaying all electrical cabinets and their status. See chapter
4.2.4 on page 104.
Settings: Opens a sub menu from where the operator can adjust settings (must be
logged in), open the alarm list, examine historical trends and display the log.
See chapter 4.2.5 on page 105.
Table 4.2 Bottom slide-in menu
4.2.1.3 Left slide-in menu

The left slide-in menu can be displayed by clicking in the 'slide-in' button in the left part of the screen as
illustrated in the below picture.
4 Control system
Figure 4.8 Left slide-in button
Explanation on the choices available in the left slide-in menu:
This menu is used to:
• Start or end an operation

• Open or close the Optimarin Bypass valve manu-
ally
• Choose which UV program to use from 'Advan-
ved UV control'. See chapter 4.2.6.3.4 on page
120.
• Log in and out user levels. See chapter 4.2.8.1 on
page 134.
• Open the 'Optimarin Support' page
Figure 4.9 Left slide-in menu
4 Control system
4.2.2 Home page
Figure 4.10 Home page
The “Home” page is the first that is displayed when power up the system. This is also defined as the main
page. The page displays a general flow chart containing all the components with color dynamics (all the dif-
ferent dynamics are described 4.2.9 on page 134) and analog measurements and a treatment indicator.
The whole operating principle is described in chapter 3.2 on page 39.
4.2.2.1 Switch between IMO and USCG area mode
The OBS have some different settings depending on if the vessels sail in IMO or in/to USCG area. The dif-
ferences between IMO and USCG are:
1. UV intensity range
2. UV intensity level when the UV lamps are dimmed
To switch between IMO and USCG mode, click on the "Mode" field on the
top left corner of the "Information bar" or by clicking on the "IMO/USCG"
icon in the "Settings" menu.
Select IMO or USCG by clicking on one of the two buttons.

Figure 4.11 IMO/USCG switch
field/icon
4 Control system
Figure 4.12 IMO/USCG area selection page
Please see chapter 4.2.6.4.4 on page 124 for more information on ranges with "OptiFlow".
4.2.2.2 Popup windows

All valves, motors and even UV lamps can be opened/started in local mode when logged in. (More about
login and log out in chapter 4.2.5.3 on page 107). In addition alarm limits and delays on analog sensors can
be displayed for information. This is done by clicking on the component itself at the home page. UV lamps
popups are opened from the UV overview page (see chapter 4.2.3 on page 98.)
Remember to set the system into local mode and log in at minimum chief engineer level
(see chapter 4.2.8.1 on page 134).
Manual operation of valves, motors and UV lamps are for maintenance purpose only.
Always set it back into "Auto" mode when finished.
All components will be automatically set to "Auto" mode when:
• Chief level logged off. (automatically after 1 hour for touch panel inactivity)
• System set into "Remote" mode
4 Control system
Motor control popup
Both the back flush pump (BFP01) and filter gear motor
(FGM01) can be started and stopped manually when logged in
at chief engineer level. Open the popup by clicking on the
motor symbol in the home page.
The “Running” indicator illuminates when the system gets read

back from the contactor and the motor protector is OK. If not
the system generates an alarm.
When logged in as 'Time and date level':
The operation data contains two running hour counters and

two start counters. One from each of them can be reset for
maintenance purposes.
Figure 4.13 Filter gear motor
Remember to put motors back into auto mode when finished. Otherwise filter cleaning
will NOT work during ballasting.
Valve control popup

All valves can be opened or closed manually when logged in at
chief engineer level. Open the popup by clicking on the valve
symbol in the home page.
The “Open” and “Closed” indicators illuminates when the limit

switch of the actuator is reached. During movement the “Mov-
ing” indicator illuminates. If the limit switch is not reached
within typ. 60 seconds the system generates an alarm.
Figure 4.14 Filter inlet valve
Remember to put valves back into auto mode when finished. Otherwise they will NOT
move into correct position during ballasting/deballasting.
4 Control system
All equipment is automatically set to auto mode
when the user level is logged out!
Motors and valves can’t be operated when the sys-

tem is in remote mode!
Figure 4.15 Filter outlet valve
Analog alarm popup

The alarm limits and delays for all analog sensors can be over-
viewed at chief engineer level. The following sensors has alarm
and warning limits:
• PT01 Pressure in the system

• FM01 Flow in the system
• UVxx UV intensity in chamber x
• TTxx Temperature at chamber x
The popup window is displayed by clicking on the meas-

urement itself (dark blue background) on either the “Home” or
the “UV overview” page.
All sensors have four limits; two high and two low. Please note
that not all sensors use all these four limits. This will be illus-
trated in the “Active” column.
Alarms will shut down the OBS system, while warnings will
carry on treating the ballast water.
Figure 4.16 Pressure inlet UV chambers
The delays are a time that the system accepts the measured value to be outside the limits without gen-
erating an alarm or warning. This is to prevent unnecessary shut down of the system.
The sensor measuring range is displayed at the bottom of each analog popup window.
All parameters in the control system can be overviewed in the chapter "Control system
parameters" on page 137
4 Control system
4.2.3 UV overview page
Figure 4.17 UV overview
The “UV overview” page contains detailed information on each UV lamp. The information for up to six
lamps is displayed on each page. Buttons for jumping to next and previous page will appear if the system
consists of more than six lamps.
Each lamp has the following information (from top left):
• UV lamp number.
• Treatment bar. This bar illustrates the treatment in percent (treatment factor). The background color is
light blue ( ) if the treatment is NOT 100% (normal during startup and is not logged).
When 100% treatment is achieved the background color changes to green ( ) and the
bar is completely filled.
Please also see chapter "Determining the 'Treatment factor'" on page 108.
• Dynamic illustration of the UV lamp. This illustrates lamp statuses like standby, start up, 100% running,
shutdown, warning and alarm (all the different dynamics are described in chapter "UV lamps" on
page 135)
• The measured UV intensity. This value must be above 150 W/m² in IMO mode or 400 W/m² in
USCG mode to ensure 100% treatment.
• Power consumption of each lamp.
• Temperature measurement on each chamber.
• UV chamber valves
4 Control system
• The lamp enters a cooling state when it is stopped after operation. During this cooling time an hour
glass and a countdown is shown on the right side of the lamp. The countdown is a timer before the next
possible automatic start of the lamp.
Figure 4.18 UV lamp cooling countdown
4.2.3.1 Popup windows
UV lamp popup can be opened in logged in state by

clicking on the UV lamp symbol.
In this popup the UV lamp can be started manually if

the flowmeter measures more than minimum flow.
It also displays the ID of the current lamp, total

amounts of lamp starts, total operating hours of the
chamber (including all previous lamps) and operating
hours current lamp.
The status lights are described on the next page.
Use the "Show detailed data" button to open a win-

dow containing several status and alarm signals com-
ing from the UV modules. Please see the next
chapter.
Figure 4.19 Control and status
UV lamp start is only possible with water flow trough the system. This to prevent over-
heating which could cause serious damage to both equipment and personnel.
Main power Grey: Main power is off (contactor in front of UV power module –U1)
Green: Main power is on
Power ready Grey: UV control module –U1 is NOT ready for operation. Startup time
Green: UV control module –U1 is ready for operation.
Start signal Grey: System is NOT providing lamp start signal

Green: System is providing lamp start signal. POWER TO LAMP IS ON!
4 Control system
Cooling fan Grey: External cooling fan in cabinet door is OFF
Green: External cooling fan is running
Red: Circuit breaker for cooling fan has tripped
Power deviation Grey: There are no power deviation

Orange: The power deviation between the desired power and the power read-
back is high
Red: The power deviation between the desired power and the power readback
is very high and the lamp has been turned off
Wait for restart Grey: The lamp is cooled down and a start is possible
Orange: The lamp is in cool down period
Table 4.3 Status lights
4.2.3.1.1 Detailed data from UV Power units
A window similar to the one below will appear by clicking on the "Show detailed data" button. This will
show detailed data on the UV power units.
Figure 4.20 Detailed data from UV Power module.
Fault: A fault will be represented by an orange indicator ( / )
Status: An inactive status will be represented by a grey indicator, while active it will change
to green ( / )
4 Control system
The UV Power cabinet consists of three UV power units working in parallel. Please use the "Unit 1 / 2 / 3"
button to review the status of the different units.
4.2.3.1.2 Signal description
Fault register 1:
Signal Description Corrective action
Heatsink temp 1 High temperature Check cabinet air filter, lower

fault the ambient temperature
This fault will happen if the internal heatsink tem-
perature will rise above 110°C or the internal air is
above 100°C
Intake air temp Air inlet temperature high (> 40°C) Check cabinet air filter, lower
Input voltage fault No AC input present Check mains input
Indicates that the input voltage is out of spe-

cification. Must be between 300 and 560VAC.

above 100°C

above 100°C

above 100°C
Input voltage phase Indicates that one of the three input voltages is not Check all mains input lines
fault connected or there is an input voltage imbalance
Multiple Masters Multiple Masters on Bus Check all Master - Slave

on bus switches
Lamp open Lamp not started or open output circuit Check output circuit and lamp
Lamp short Short circuit in output circuit and/or lamp Check output circuit and lamp
4 Control system
Nominal power not Driver did not achieve 85% of maximum power dur- Check lamp and lamp cooling
OK 1 ing warming up, within 5 minutes after ignition of
lamp
Nominal power not Driver above or below set point for power by 15% Check lamp and lamp cooling
OK 2 for a period of 2 minutes
Ground fault This signal is set if a leakage current to earth Check output circuit and lamp
(ground) is detected. The resistance between lamp
terminals and earth must be higher than 200 kOhm.
Lamp rect. fault Lamp rectification fault (> 35V) Replace lamp
Lamp voltage fault Lamp voltage out of specification (<700V or Replace lamp
>1470V)
HW protection Hardware Protection (DC bus) Check lamp voltage
Table 4.4 Fault register 1
Fault register 2:
Lamp drive int. Internal failure Repair needed,please contact

voltage fault Optimarin
Fan 1 fault Internal fan 1 failure Replace fan cassette
Optimarin order no.: 137355
Hardware prot. Internal failure Repair needed,please contact

fault Optimarin
Fan 2 fault Heat sink fan 2 failure Replace external fan
4 Control system
Lamp drive Internal failure Repair needed,please contact

OVP fault Optimarin
Lamp drive error 1 Internal failure (DC bus) Repair needed,please contact
Optimarin
Lamp drive error 2 Internal failure (HF bridge) Repair needed,please contact
Optimarin
Lamp drive error 3 Internal failure (Freq.) Repair needed,please contact

Optimarin
Lamp drive error 4 Shutdown Repair needed,please contact

Optimarin
Lamp drive error 5 Internal failure (gate) Repair needed,please contact

Optimarin
Slave fault Fault on slave unit Check status of all slaves
Master fault Fault on master unit Check status of Master
Table 4.5 Fault register 2
Status:
Signal Description
System OK Signal set if there are no system errors
Lamp driver OK Signal set if there are no power unit errors
Lamp OK Signal set if there are no UV lamp errors
Warning Warning present, but lamp still on
Lamp reignite Signal set during ignition attempts
Lamp on Signal set on successful ingnition of the lamp
Data in range Invalid data request or no data
Table 4.6 Status register
4 Control system
4.2.4 System overview page
Figure 4.21 System overview
The “System overview” page displays the status of all major electrical components and cabinets. It also
shows how the system is connected together and if there is a communication error on the data bus
between the components.
Each UV lamp is shown displaying the power consumption and if the lamp is on or off. (UV lamp alarm is
not displayed here).
Illustrates an communication error with an electrical component
Illustrates that an UV power cabinet has been switched off with the main switch
Table 4.7 Icons on this page
Finally, the following information will be available in the lower right part of the screen :
– Total power consumption for all UV lamps

– Alarm delay for 'Illegal bypass' alarms
(The alarm delay is set to a value so that it is possibly for the crew to operate valves without loosing
pump suction (typically 60-90 seconds))
– Alarm delay for OBV01 open together with sea chest
– Alarm delay for OBV01 open together with over board
4 Control system
4.2.5 Settings page
Figure 4.22 Settings
The icon based “Settings” menu is used to navigate into new settings and monitoring pages.
When logged in at 'Chief' level, the icon showed here appears. Enter the 'Chief Engineer
tools' menu by clicking on it. It allows adjustment of some selected parameters. More on
logging on user levels in chapter 4.2.8 on page 133.
Not all parameters are available at chief engineer level. Please see overview in chapter
"Control system parameters" on page 137.
4.2.5.1 Alarm list
Click on the icon to open the alarm list. For more information on alarm management,
ref chapter 7.2 on page 296
4 Control system
4.2.5.2 Historical trend
There are five different historical trends that can be displayed.
Figure 4.23 Different historical trend options
1. Flow / pressure / temperature trend.
2. Treatment trend showing the treatment factor vs. the total UV power consumption.
3. UV trend showing average UV intensity on all lamps.
4. Trend showing flow and pressure vs flow- and valve position setpoint.
When a trend is opened it displays the last three hours of data. By clicking on the trend chart it enables the
operator to move the chart along the time axis.
Figure 4.24 Treatment trend
Time axis navigation:

Forward to "now"
Move back in time
Move forward in time
Zoom in on the time axis
4 Control system
Zoom out on the time axis
Figure 4.25 Navigation options
4.2.5.3 Operation log
Figure 4.26 Operation log
The operation log stores all operations for the past two years. It contains:
1. Operation type: ballast, deballast, manual bypass of the OBS, shutdown alarm and if the system has
been powered down.
2. Alarm ID for the "SHUTDOWN ALARM". See 7.3 on page 298
3. Timestamp for operation started and ended
4. Total accumulated flow for the operation
5. Treatment factor (should be 100% for full treatment throughout the complete operation)
– With a footnote "IMO" if the system was operated in IMO mode

– With a footnote "USCG" if the system was operated in USCG mode
Please see "Determining the 'Treatment factor'" on the facing page for more information.
Use the 'Log navigation' buttons to browse through the entries in the log. The 'Show from date' field can
also be used to navigate to a specific date.
4 Control system
NOTE
The whole log can be exported in csv format (comma separated) to a USB drive. Please see
chapter "Copy log & system data" on page 127.
4.2.5.3.1 Determining the 'Treatment factor'
The 'Treatment factor' is a factor indicating whether or not the BWTS has treated the water at full treat-
ment throughout the whole operation. The factor will be 100% if the system has operated above the lim-
itations:
150W/m² at minimum flow

IMO mode:
400W/m² at maximum flow
400W/m² at minimum flow
USCG mode:
1100W/m² at maximum flow
If the measured UV intensity is below the limitations during operation the 'Treatment factor' will start to
integrate down.
Example:
An IMO mode ballast operation lasts for 1 hour. 15 minutes with a measured UV-I of 150W/m², and 45
minutes of 75W/m². If the operation was stopped after 15 minutes (A), the 'Treatment factor' would be
100%. Since the last 45 minutes was below the limitation the factor will be integrated down. The final
'Treatment factor' for the complete operation will be 62,5% (B). See figure "Treatment trend illustration"
below.
Figure 4.27 Treatment trend illustration
4.2.5.4 Operation data
The operation data page displays the Optimarin Ballast System total operating hours, accu-
mulated amounts of ballasted/deballasted water and openings of the Optimarin Bypass Valve
(OBV01).
It also shows total number of filter back flush sequences.
4 Control system
Figure 4.28 Operation data
4.2.5.5 IMO/USCG
Use this page to switch between IMO and USCG mode, and view the difference in operating
parameters.
For more information please see chapter 4.2.2.1 on page 94.
4 Control system
4.2.5.6 System information
Figure 4.29 System information
The “System information” page shows information about the systems current minimum and maximum flow
and numbers of present and ready UV lamps.
It also shows the calibration range of both the flow and pressure meter.
The “Ind. light test” can be pushed to test all the indication lights on all cabinets. The lights will be illu-
minated while the button is held in.
Above the “Back” the installed version of the PLC (controller) and OP (Touch panel) is displayed.
Page two of the 'System information' displays pro-

ject specific information.
– IMO number
– OBS model number (ref. chapter "Opti-
marin 'Model no.' definition" on page 12)
– Optimarin project number
– Date of installation is set by Optimarin
S/E during handover, and will reflect the
date the BWTS was put into operation. Figure 4.30 System information page 2
4 Control system
4.2.6 Chief Engineer tools
The 'Chief Engineer tools' icon will only be available when logged in to Chief level. The
following chapters will explain the different pages and parameters available at that
level.
Not all parameters are available at chief engineer level. Please see overview in
chapter "Control system parameters" on page 137.
The 'Time/date settings' icon requires a special logon level.
More on logging on user levels in chapter 4.2.8 on page 133.
Figure 4.31 Cheif Engineer tools
In addition to the icons illustrated in the figure, there is also an icon for 'Ex settings':
4.2.6.1 General settings

Menu for setting general system settings.
4 Control system
Figure 4.32 General settings
The following parameters can be adjusted on this page:
Delay between each valve dur- The time between filter valves opening (FIV01 and FOV01) during star-
ing system startup: tup of the system.
Maximum wait for low flow dur- Maximum time in status "Waiting for low flow" during operation shut-
ing shutdown: down before an alarm is triggered.
Enable opening valves on When enabled, the system will open up valves FFV01, FOV01and all
standby high pressure: UV inlet valves (UVVxxA) when the pressure in standby is above the
defined start limit. The purpose of the line lineup is the bleed of the
high pressure through the back flush line. The valves will stay open
until the pressure is below the defined stop limit or when an oper-
ation is started. This feature is to avoid large pressure buildups in the
system, which can occur when OBS is installed in high temperature
areas.
Pressure limit start Start pressure limit for "Enable opening valves on standby high pres-
sure". Pressure above this limit will make the valves open.
Enable opening valves on Stop pressure limit for "Enable opening valves on standby high pres-
standby high pressure: sure". Pressure below this limit will make the valves close.
Table 4.8 General settings parameters
4 Control system
4.2.6.2 Filter settings
4.2.6.2.1 Set filter mode
Figure 4.33 Filter mode
See chapter "Filter mode" on page 46 for detailed description about each filter mode.
4.2.6.2.2 Filter flushing
Figure 4.34 Filter flushing and timers
4 Control system
The following parameters can be adjusted on this page:
Delay before flush on high dif- The system allows the DP to have a short peak before flushing is ini-
ferential pressure: tiated. This time delay may be set here.
Time between forced filter flush- The cleaning of the filter is triggered by a high differential pressure
ing if no DP: (DP) between filter inlet and outlet. The filter will be force flushed
regardless of the DP when the delay in this parameter has been met.
This timer is reset if a flush is triggered by DP. The function can be dis-
abled.
Number of extra flushes after This parameter tells the system how many flush sequences to execute
ballasting: during ballasting end. The function can be disabled. However: It is
recommended to have the function enabled and number of flushes
set to at least two!
Alarm delay if no DP during bal- This parameter is used to shut down the system if no differential pres-
last operation: sure is detected over time. The function can be disabled.
Alarm delay on high differential This parameter is used to shut down the system if high differential
pressure pressure doesn’t disappear over time.
Alarm delay on HH differential This parameter is used to shut down the system if the flushing doesn’t
pressure manage to get the DP down and it keeps rising to a HH level.
Power flush duration: This parameter is used to isolate the filter outlet upon initiated high
differential pressure flush during operation start-up sequence. The
quick high differential pressure is an indicator of very challenging
water and/or a very dirty filter. Isolating the filter outlet, will result in
water only running out of the filter through the back flush line. The
result is a powerful filter flushing to avoid clogging of the filter. The
function can be disabled.
Backflush pump start delay This parameter delays the pumps (BFP01) start for x seconds after the
after open valve: filter flush valve (FFV01) opens.
Flush duration: This parameter adjusts the running time of the filter gear motor
(FGM01) on each flush. This duration should be more than the time
the motor needs to turn the filter cleaning mechanism one turn.
However: Minimum 20 seconds is recommended!
Table 4.9 Filter flushing parameters
The “Start manual flush” button can be used at any time to trigger filter cleaning. This button does exactly
the same as the push button on the filter control cabinet +FC.
The “Manual filter drain” button is used for maintenance purposes.
NEVER leave the filter in drained state. This will get particles to get stuck on the filter
screen. Always fill the filter with sea- or fresh water after a maintenance.
4 Control system
4.2.6.2.3 Filter routine flushing
Routine flushing is an operation that lets the system be flushed. The routine flushing is mainly to clean the
filter after operation in dirty water, but also to flush the UV quartz glass to avoid scaling. It is highly recom-
mended to run the routine flushing after operations in low UV intensity water.
Figure 4.35 Filter flushing and timers
In this page the user can select whether the UV lamps will be on or off during routine flushing. By default
the UV lamps is left off during routine flush to avoid unnecessary power consumption.
The “Start routine flush” button is used to start the routine flush operation in local mode. This button is dis-
abled in remote mode as routine flush is then operated from remote station.
If the filter is starting to back flush more and more frequently, even in clean water, then the filter is starting
to get clogged. A separate page can be accessed from the routine flush menu by clicking on the "here"
under the clogged filter description on the screen.
4.2.6.2.3.1 Clogged filter
In case of continuous high differential pressure over the filter, the filter could be or starting to get clogged.
To avoid opening up the filter and clean the filter, a routine flush at higher pressure setpoint can be a solu-
tion to increase the filter's self cleaning capabilities.
4 Control system
Figure 4.36 Clogged filter page
The following settings can be adjusted on this page:
Disable DP alarms During routine flushing the high differential pressure alarms can be
disabled to avoid shutdowns during routine flushing.
Auto open Filter Bypass Valve When enabled, the Filter bypass valve is opened during routine flush
start-up to ensure sufficient flow. The valve will automatically close
after a period of time. Prevents "Manual open Filter Bypass Valve"
from being enabled.
Manual open Filter Bypass When enabled, the user can freely open and close the Filter Bypass
Valve Valve during routine flush from the same page. The option is disabled
when "Auto open Filter Bypass Valve" is enabled
The “Start routine flush” button is used to start the routine flush operation in local mode. This button is dis-
abled in remote mode as routine flush is then operated from remote station. The button will say "End
routine flush" once routine flush is started. Pressing the "End routine flush" button will initiate a shutdown
sequence to stop the routine flush operation.
During the routine flush, the flow pressure controller can be freely manipulated in either auto or manual
mode with auto as default mode.
In auto the flow pressure valve will behave as described in "Flow pressure valve" on page 69. The pressure
setpoint displayed on the page can be freely altered to either increase or decrease the back pressure in the
system. Note that a higher back pressure will increase the self cleaning capabilities of the filter.
4 Control system
In manual mode the flow pressure valve can be freely set any percentage opening. The back pressure is
then controlled based on the set opening of the valve and changing the pressure setpoint won't have any
effect.
The system pressure, flow and status of the differential pressure switch value is displayed on the page to
provide the necessary feedback to run the routine flush operation solely from this page.
4.2.6.3 UV settings
The next pages will describe the different settings for the UV system.
4.2.6.3.1 UV timer settings
Figure 4.37 UV timer settings
Delay before activating alarm check on pressure/flow:

The alarms and warnings from the flow and pressure sensors are suppressed while the system is inactive.
This delay parameter is used to suppress the alarms during start-up of the system as it may take some time
to get a steady flow/pressure.
Delay between start/stop of each UV lamp:

A delay between start and / or stop of each UV lamp can be set but is not necessary. Although, the para-
meter can be used to prevent large sudden power usage of the ships power generators.
UV chamber water cooling time:

This parameter is used to keep the ballast water pump running during shut down of the system. During this
time the ships valves should be set to Sea chest – OBS – Sea chest. The ballast water pump can be turned
off when this delay is finished.
Automatic UV chamber shutdown after operation:

The UV chamber valves may be automatically closed when the system is being idle from some time. Use the
checkbox to enable the function, and the idle time before closing is entered in minutes.
4 Control system
4.2.6.3.2 Power control
Power control is a function that controls the power to each lamp to keep the consumption at a
lowest possible level. The power to the lamp is controlled to maintain a UV intensity measured
by the UV sensor. Therefore: cleaner water leads to lower power consumption.
Figure 4.38 UV power control settings
Enable power control:

This checkbox is used to enable or disable power consumption control. Leaving this 'off' will always run the
lamp at full power (35kW).
Power control settings:

The dimming of the lamp will start when the measured UV intensity is at a certain level above the max-
imum full treatment level. How much higher is defined in percentage, and the level can't be lower than
100% in IMO mode and 50% in USCG mode.
UV intensity limit for UV power dimming:

These values are showing the UV intensity levels when dimming of UV lamps starts.
4 Control system
4.2.6.3.3 Automatic UV chamber shutdown
Figure 4.39 Automatic UV chamber shutdown
Automatic shutdown can be enabled when the chambers are equipped with automatic valves.
Enable automatic UV chamber shutdown during operation:

This checkbox is used to enable shutting down UV chambers automatic if a lamp fault occurs. If not enabled
the system will shutdown on first lamp failure.
Maximum number of UV chambers to shut down:

Enter how many chambers to shut down automatically. When a UV chamber is shut down the maximum
legal flow through the system is reduced by 167 m³/h per chamber. The number must therefore not be
higher that what is operational-wise for the vessel. The maximum flow when selected chambers are closed
is shown in the next parameter.
CAUTION!
The system will shut down when maximum number of closed chambers are exceeded!
4 Control system
4.2.6.3.4 Advanced UV control
Figure 4.40 Advanced UV control
Advanced UV control can be enabled when the UV chambers are equipped with automatic valves. The func-
tion enables the crew to make rules for not running all the lamps in all operations. This will reduce power
consumption and operating hours on the lamps.
In the example above there is one rule called ‘pump no 1’. By using this rule
only two (of three) of the UV lamps will start.
The other rule called ‘pump no 2’ starts the last two.
A third rule is to start both rules together (all three lamps).
Which rule to start is selected from the 'Left slide-in' menu as shown on the
image to the right. The rule must be selected before an operation is started.
Figure 4.41 Rule select
4 Control system
Figure 4.42 UV overview
The UV chamber(s) that are not

included in a selected rule are marked
with an orange shield. This is illus-
trated in the ‘UV overview’ page.
Once an operation (ballasting/ debal-

lasting) is started it is not possible to
change which UV chamber to be used
in the different rules.
Figure 4.43 Read only during operation
4.2.6.4 Flow Pressure Valve (FPV01)

The Flow Pressure Valve, FPV01, is a valve that controls the flow and the minimum pressure
in the system.
4 Control system
4.2.6.4.1 Setpoints
Figure 4.44 Flow-pressure valve, setpoints
Flow: The flow setpoint will be automatically adjusted depending on num-

ber of active UV chambers and filter maximum flow. The lowest value
determines the automatic flow setpoint.
Pressure: There are different pressure setpoints depending on both the oper-
ation and status of the backflushing efficiency. During normal oper-
ation (ballasting/deballasting) one setpoint (typical 0.5bar) is used.
During flushing of the filter (ballasting) an other setpoint is used to

improve to flush pressure. Even more back pressure is added if the
flushing continues for more than one flush cycle.
Pressure continue: If the backflushing process doesn’t manage to reduce the differential
pressure over the filter in one sequence, the flushing goes into con-
tinuous flushing. A third setpoint can then be used. The continuous
flush continues until the differential pressure is reduced to normal.
Table 4.10 Flow pressure valve, setpoints parameters
4 Control system
4.2.6.4.2 Pressure influence
Table 4.11 Flow-pressure valve, pressure influence
The FPV01 is normally a flow controlling valve. The pressure influence window sets up the systems
response when the pressure closes in to the minimum setpoint.
The “Adjustment gain” and “Adjustment integration time” tells the system how fast the flow set point
should be adjusted when the pressure is low.
4.2.6.4.3 Options
In FPV options, the user can enable or disable whether the FPV should close during end of oper-
ation to keep low flow.
4 Control system
Figure 4.45 Standby movement
The “Enable closing of FPV during end of operation” will close the FPV to maintain a very low flow before
the ballast pump is turned off.
4.2.6.4.4 OptiFlow
"OptiFlow" is a functionality that utilizes the Flow Pressure Valve together with the measured
UV intensity to reduce flow and increase the total UV dose. This means that the ballast water
can be treated at lower UV transmittance on the cost of reduced flow through the BWTS.
4 Control system
Figure 4.46 OptiFlow
This page gives the operator the possibility to turn the feature on and off. Leaving it on will gradually
reduce the flow when the measured UV intensity between 150 - 400 W/m² in IMO mode and 400 - 1100
W/m² in USCG mode.
The flow will be regulated between 40 - 167m³/h pr. UV chamber depending on measured lowest
UV intensity.
The current calculated flow SP shows the dynamically calculated flow set point. If the flow isn't controlled
to this level (+10%) within 120 seconds, the system will shut down.
4 Control system
4.2.6.5 Panel settings
Figure 4.47 Panel settings
The following settings can be adjusted at the panel settings page:
• The intensity of the touch panel back light (0-100%)

• Show or hide tag names on flow chart (example below)
• Show of hide flow animation on flow chart (example below)
Figure 4.48 Without tags and flow Figure 4.49 With tags and flow anim-
animation ation
A passive page is opened by clicking on the “Cleaning screen” button. While this page is displayed the touch
functionality is disabled. The touch display can now be cleaned with no risk of pushing any buttons.
In addition the volume of the "touch sound" can be adjusted/muted.
4 Control system
4.2.6.6 Extract & retrieve tools
4.2.6.6.1 Factory settings
During commissioning a set of factory settings was created for the system. To retrieve the fact-
ory settings a three-step procedure must be followed:
• Click on the “Factory settings” icon

• On the next page click on the “Retrieve factory settings” button
Figure 4.50 Retrieve factory settings
• Click on the “Retrieve” button to retrieve the factory setting
Figure 4.51 Retrieve
The procedure can be aborted at any time by clicking on the “Cancel” button.
4.2.6.6.2 Copy log & system data
Use this menu to copy various data in and out of the BWTS control system.
4 Control system
Figure 4.52 Copy log and system data menu
The following options are available:
1. Copy the 'Operation log' to a USB drive, or delete old logs in the control system
(the delete option requires login at the 'Time and date' user level)
2. Copy the 'Alarm list' to USB drive
3. Copy measured values (flow, pressure, temperature, UV intensity, UV power etc.) to USB drive
4. Copy or retrieve all operational parameter to/from USB drive
5. Check the status of the connected USB drive
NOTE
Please see chapter "Logs and system data" on page 143 for detailed explanation on the con-
tent of all extracted files and the USB drive folder structure.
4.2.6.6.2.1 Operation log
Copy log to USB stick:
1. Insert a regular (FAT32 formatted) USB stick into slot X61 on the backside of the Touch panel
2. Choose the 'Operation log' followed by 'Copy log' icon the copy the operation log onto the stick
Delete old logs:
4 Control system
Use the button and confirm on the popup window to delete old logs. Note that this operation requires user
level 'Time and date' to be logged on.
Figure 4.53 Delete old logs popup confirmation
IMO and USCG regulations requires the vessel to have the operation log for the last two
years available onboard. When the 'Operation log' grows in size it gets slower to browse
through the log entries. It is recommended to regularly limits the log to the last two years.
4.2.6.6.2.2 Alarm list
Copy alarm list to USB stick:
2. Choose the 'Alarm list' icon the copy onto the stick
4.2.6.6.2.3 Measured values
All measured values, alarms and flush operations are logged every 10 seconds when the system is in oper-
ation. There will be one file per operation.
Copy the measured values to USB stick:
2. Choose the 'Measured values' followed by 'Copy values' icon the copy onto the stick
4.2.6.6.2.4 Parameters
All settings and parameters can be exported to a USB stick. This can e.g. be used by Optimarin service dept.
to uncover wrongly adjusted settings. Optimarin can change the settings and new settings can be uploaded
to the BWTS.
Copy parameters to USB stick:
4 Control system
2. Choose the 'Operation parameters' >> 'Copy parameters' icon the copy onto the stick
Restore parameters from USB stick:
A new file will be sent from Optimarin if adjustments of certain parameters needs to be done to the BWTS.
Copy the new file into the same folder (and filename) as described in 'Copy parameters', and load new/up-
dated parameters with the 'Operation parameters' followed by 'Restore parameters' icon.
CAUTION!
All parameters in the control system will be overwritten by using the 'Restore parameters'
function. This function requires a higher user level (time and date) than 'Copy parameters'.
4.2.6.6.2.5 Connect USB stick and check connectivity
Figure 4.54 Location of slot X61
2. Once the USB stick is inserted, please use the 'Check USB connectivity' menu to check if the panel is able
the read and write
3. Click on the 'Check storage' button to verify connectivity
Figure 4.55 USB stick not connected Figure 4.56 USB stick connected
4.2.6.6.3 Backup all parameters to memory card
All parameters are stored in the CPUs RAM (Random Access Memory) when adjusting. These
settings can be backed up to prevent them from being lost if some of the electrical equipment
is damaged.
4 Control system
This can be performed manually, or automatic backup can be enabled. Automatic backup performs a store
procedure the 1st on each month at 3:00AM.
The parameters are backed up on a special memory card (MMC), slotted into the CPU in the –A2:2 module
in cabinet +CP (control panel).
The memory card has a limit of 1000 backup procedures. An Optimarin technician is needed
if this limit is reached.
CAUTION!
Never insert the memory card into

a PC or card reader. The card is
formatted in a special Siemens file
format and the data will be lost!
Figure 4.57 Do not insert memory card in PC
4.2.6.6.4 Retrieve all parameters from memory card
If the CPUs is being replaced, all settings and operational data can be retrieved by installing the
special memory card - MMC (Multi Media Card) from the old CPU. To retrieve the data a five-
step procedure must be followed:
• Remove the MMC from the old CPU

• Insert it in the new CPU
• Click on the “Retrieve all parameters from MMC” icon
• On the next page click on the “Retrieve from MMC” button
Figure 4.58 Retrieve data
• Click on the “Retrieve” button to retrieve all data
Figure 4.59 Retrieve
4 Control system
The procedure can be aborted at any time by clicking on the “Cancel” button.
4.2.6.7 Time and date settings
Figure 4.60 Time and date settings
Enter the six date and time components and then click on the “Adjust” button to change the time or date in
the control system.
The operator needs to be logged in at a special level to change the time and date.
Ref. chapter 4.2.8 on page 133 Log in/Log out and chapter 4.2.8.1 on page 134 User levels.
4.2.7 Change lamps

When the power on a UV power cabinet (+UVxx) is switched on a popup window appears on the panel.
Figure 4.61 UV power reenergized window
4 Control system
If the reason for the UV power has been switched of is a lamp change click on the 'Yes' button to navigate
to the page for setting new lamp ID. Click on the ‘No’ button to close the popup window if no lamp has
been changed.
A new page will appear if the lamp has been changed and the ‘Yes’ button pushed.
Figure 4.62 Page for setting new lamp ID
Enter new ID and click 'Yes' button. Check the new ID and click the 'Confirm' button to set the new lamp
ID. An error message will appear if a blank or wrong ID is entered.
ALWAYS switch of all UV power cabinets before opening any of the lamp connection
boxes! Failure to do so can cause serious damage to both equipment and personnel! In
worst case death!
'UV lamp ID' page can also be found under 'UV setting' in chief engineer menu.
4.2.8 Log in / log out

The system is protected by user levels (with passwords) to prevent unauthorized adjusting of parameters.
Logging in and out users is done by clicking on the "Sign in/out" button in the "Left slide-in menu".
No user logged in is illustrated by a locked pad lock.
4 Control system
When a user is logged in it is illustrated by an unlocked pad lock. The
signed in user name is also indicated above the button.
Table 4.12 Log in/ log out symbols
4.2.8.1 User levels

Level 0 (logged off)
• Ballast and deballast procedure can be started and stopped.
• The bypass valve (OBV01) can be opened
• All parameters is read only
• Parameters at the “Panel settings” page can be adjusted
• Alarms can be examined and acknowledged
Level 1 (chief engineer) (Password: 1234)

• Same as level 0
• Open all valves manually
• Start motors and UV lamps manually
• Adjust parameters
Level 2 (time and date) (Password: AdjTime)

• Same as level 1
• A new icon (Time/date settings) on the “Settings” menu appears
• The system time can be adjusted.
The time zone is recommended to keep in CET (Central European Time) which is the same as
GMT+1.
4.2.9 Dynamics objects

This chapter describes the different dynamics (animations) on the “Home” page and the two overview
pages.
4.2.9.1 Valves
Valve closed
+ Valve is moving (flashing)
4 Control system
Valve is open
+ Unacknowledged alarm (flashing)
Acknowledged but still active alarm
Flow Pressure Valve (FPV01) opening
Flow Pressure Valve (FPV01) closing
Table 4.13 Valves
4.2.9.2 Motor
Motor is stopped
Motor is running
+ Unacknowledged alarm (flashing)
Table 4.14 Motor
4.2.9.3 Pump
Pump is stopped
Pump is running
Unacknowledged alarm (flashing)

+
Table 4.15 Pump
4.2.9.4 UV lamps
UV lamp is off
UV lamp is on (flashes until full treatment is achieved)
Alarm (flashes during unacknowledged alarm)
4 Control system
Table 4.16 UV lamp
4.2.9.5 Other symbols
Motor, pump, valve or UV lamp in manual mode
Warning (not alarm) on UV lamp
UV is cooling down. New start is possible after cooling period is finished.
High UV chamber temperature
UV cabinet main switch is off
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller). Located in the control panel (+CP1) and
controls the logs system.
Distributed I/O terminals. Located in all main cabinets and boxes. Collects data
to the PLC in +CP1
No connection to the distributed I/O terminal
UV chamber disabled by ‘Advanced UV control’
Table 4.17 Other symbols
4 Control system
4.3 Control system parameters
The following lists shows all parameters in the control system with their recommended factory settings.
NOTE
Please note that all parameters that can affect the safety or treatment can not be changed!
ID Parameter Factory Adj.

setting C/E level
General parameters
1. Delay between each valve during system startup 3s YES
2. Maximum wait for low flow during shutdown 300 s YES
3. Enable opening valves on standby high pressure OFF YES
4. Pressure limit start 4.5 bar YES
5. Pressure limit stop 2.0 bar YES
Valve alarm parameters
6. FIV01 alarm delay on open or close 60 s NO
7. FOV01 alarm delay on open or close 60 s NO
8. FBV01 alarm delay on open or close 60 s NO
9. OBV01 alarm delay on open or close 60 s NO
10. FFV01 alarm delay on open or close 30 s NO
11. UVVxxA/B alarm delay on open or close 15 s NO
FM01 Flowmeter alarm parameters
12. High alarm limit X1=10% NO
Lowest of: ('Max. flow UV' or 'Max. Filter capacity') + X1%

Lowest of: (500m³/h or 518m³/h) + 10%
13. High warning limit X2=5% NO
Lowest of: ('Max. flow UV' or 'Max. Filter capacity') + X2%

Lowest of: (500m³/h or 518m³/h) + 5%
4 Control system
setting C/E level
14. Low warning limit X3=20% NO
During ballasting: X4=20%

'Min. flow UV' + ('BFP01 cap.' - X3%)
30m³/h + (43m³/h - 20%)
During deballasting:
'Min. flow UV' + X4%
30m³/h + 20%
15. Low alarm limit N/A NO
'Min. flow UV'

30m³/h
16. Alarm delay high 120 s NO
17. Warning delay high 90 s NO
18. Alarm delay low 30 s NO
19. Warning delay low 30 s NO
PT01 Pressure inlet UV chambers
20. High alarm limit 10 bar NO
21. High warning limit 9 bar NO
22. Low warning limit (during ballasting) 0.8 bar NO
23. Low alarm limit (during ballasting) 0.7 bar NO
24. Low warning limit (during deballasting) 0.6 bar NO
25. Low alarm limit (during deballasting) 0.5 bar NO
26. Alarm delay 30 s NO
27. Warning delay 15 s NO
UVxx UV intensity at UV chamber xx
28. Low warning limit N/A NO
Middle point between UV-I value for flow set point and alarm limit
29. Low alarm limit 0 W/m² NO
30. Alarm delay 10 s NO
31. Warning delay 10 s NO
4 Control system
setting C/E level
TTxx Temperature at UV chamber xx
32. High alarm limit 55°C NO
33. High warning limit 50°C NO
34. Low warning limit -2°C NO
35. Low alarm limit -4°C NO
36. Alarm delay 1s NO
37. Warning delay 2s NO
Alarm settings - UV power xx
38. Time until expected UV intensity readings 10 s NO
39. Stabilization time powercons. readback 300 s NO
40. Deviation on powercons. warning limit 15 % NO
41. Deviation on powercons. alarm limit 30 % NO
42. Delay before UV alarm during operation 5s NO
Control settings - UV power xx
43. Delay before init. bus communication 8s NO
44. Delay before end bus communication 10 s NO
45. UV power warmup time after bus init 10 s NO
46. UV power cooldown time 40 s NO
47. Cooling fan cooldown time 240 s NO
48. Lamp ignite timeout 300s NO
49. Time between complete restart of UV 240 s NO
50. Time between retries at ignite fault 15 s NO
51. Number of retries 3 NO
52. Lowest legal UV intensity 0 W/m² NO
PID controller, UV intensity
4 Control system
setting C/E level
53. Set point for start dimming 100% in YES

IMO Not below
% above max. UV-I range for 'Flow control' factory
50% in settings
USCG
54. Proportional gain 0.5 NO
55. Integration time 20 s NO
56. Derivation time 0s NO
57. Minimum output 30 % NO
58. Manual output 100 % NO
PID controller, FPV01, Flow pressure valve
59. Set point Automatic NO
60. Proporsional gain Adjusted NO

during
comm.
61. Integration time Adjusted NO

during
comm.
PID controller, FPV01, Flow control parameters (UV-I and flow ranges)
62. Minimum flow per UV chamber 40 m³/h NO
63. Highest UV-I for flow control in IMO mode 400 W/m² NO
64. Lowest UV-I for flow control in IMO mode 150 W/m² NO
65. Highest UV-I for flow control in USCG mode 1100 W/m² NO
66. Lowest UV-I for flow control in USCG mode 400 W/m² NO
67. Safety factor 15 % NO
Filter flushing
68. Delay before flush on high differential pressure 1s YES
69. Time between forced filter flushing 120 m YES
70. Number of extra flushes after ballasting 2 YES
71. Enable power flush OFF YES
4 Control system
setting C/E level
72. Power flush duration 10s YES
73. Back flush pump start delay after open valve 1s YES
74. Flush duration 30 s YES
75. Duration of manual filter drain 30 s YES
76. Start flushing on high differential pressure ON YES
77. Start flushing on a predefined time schedule OFF YES
78. Break time between each filter flush (scheduled) 300 s YES
79. Alarm delay if no DP during ballast operation 20 h NO
80. Alarm delay on high differential pressure 1800 s NO
81. Alarm delay on HH differential pressure 30s NO
Flow pressure valve settings
82. Minimum pressure SP during ballasting 1.5 bar YES
83. Minimum pressure SP during deballasting 1.0 bar YES
84. Minimum pressure SP during flushing 1.5 bar YES
85. Minimum pressure SP during cont. flushing 2.5 bar YES
86. Minimum pressure SP after long time with cont. flush 3.5 bar YES
87. Start adjusting when close to minimum pressure 1% YES
88. Delay to activate SP adjustment at start up 10 s YES
89. Adjustment gain Adjusted NO

during
comm.
90. Adjustment integration time Adjusted NO

during
comm.
91. Enable closing of FPV during end of operation OFF YES
UV settings
92. Delay activating alarm check on pressure/flow 30 s YES
93. UV cooling time 30 s YES
94. Delay between start of each UV lamp 5s YES
4 Control system
setting C/E level
95. Delay between stop of each UV lamp 2s YES
96. Delay before closing +UVVxx after system inactivity 300 m YES
Table 4.18 Control system parameters
4 Control system
4.4 Logs and system data
This chapter will in detail explain the content of the data logs / files that is extracted from the BWTS control
system. It also explains the folder structure that will be created on the USB drive used for data extraction.
4.4.1 Folder structure on the USB drive

The following folder structure will be automatically created on the USB drive when extracting data from the
BWTS:
Figure 4.63 USB folder structure
AlarmLogs: This folder will contain a file with recent alarms recorded by the system.
DataLogs: Contains detailed data for each operation. One file pr. operation.
OperationLogs: Contains an overview of all operations, bypasses, shutdown alarms and if the system
has been powered off. One file pr. month.
ParameterLogs: Contains a file with all parameters and settings for the BWTS.
Table 4.19 Explanation of the content in each folder
4.4.2 File types and how to open

All extracted files are saved as *.csv files (semicolon separated file) and can be opened and analyzed in
Excel (or similar spreadsheet programs).
Normally - but depending on the settings on the computer - the file will open Excel and all data are divided-
into different columns within the spreadsheet. If that doesn't automatically happen, please follow the steps
described in chapter "Excel function: Text to Columns" on page 147.
4.4.3 Header
All logs extracted from the system will have a header in the file containing system specific data:
Optimarin no: 31462-01-02-01

Optimarin model: 500/518BK3 EX
IMO no: 9340415
Date of installation: DD/MM/YYYY
Software version: vX.XX
4 Control system
4.4.4 File descriptions
4.4.4.1 Operation log
There will be stored one file per month named 'OBS_OpLog_IMO_YYYYMM.csv'
(IMO= IMO number (7 digits) Y= year, M= month)
The following data will be stored: Operation type; Alarm ID; Time stamp started; Time stamp ended; Total
accumulated amount; Treatment factor; Mode
Explanation of each data point:
Operation Description on the operation type. It can be one of the following:

type
– BALLASTING
– DEBALLASTING
– SHUTDOWN ALARM
– MANUAL BYPASS
– INTERNAL TRANSFER
– ROUTINE FLUSHING
– POWERED DOWN
Please note that 'WARNING' and 'NON-SHUTDOWN ALARM' will not be

logged as an operation type since the BWTS is still in operation.
Alarm ID This will indicate an alarm ID in case of SHUTDOWN ALARM. All alarm ID's can be iden-
tified in chapter "Alarm list and troubleshooting" on page 298.
Operation types different than SHUTDOWN ALARM will show 0 (zero).
Time stamp This will indicate when the "Operation" is started. All operation types is time stamped.
started
If an normal operation (ballasting / deballasting) is disrupted by an
SHUTDOWN ALARM the normal operation will be ended and logged (with an
end time stamp). Then there will be logged a new entry in the log for the
SHUTDOWN ALARM and the 'Time stamp started' will be the same as 'Time
stamp ended' for the previous operation.
Time stamp This will indicate when the "Operation" is ended.

ended
Total accu- This will indicate the accumulated (integrated) amount of ballast water. This value is being
mulated accumulated as long as a normal operation is in operation - even if the BWTS is running
amount sea-to-sea.
Please also note that during 'Stripping' this accumulated amount also includes drive
water.
4 Control system
Treatment This factor - being represented by a percentage number from 0-100% - indicates if the
factor UV intensity has been above the limitations for the complete operation.
Please see chapter "Determining the 'Treatment factor'" on page 108 for more inform-
ation about the factor.
Mode This will indicate the mode the system has been operated with:
– IMO
– USCG
Latitude and This will indicate the position where the operation started.
longitude
Table 4.20 Explanation of data in 'Operation log'
4.4.4.2 Alarm history

There will be stored a file named 'OBS_AlmHist_IMO_YYYYMMDD_hhmm.csv'
(IMO= IMO number (7 digits) Y= year, M= month, D=date, h=hour, m=minute)
The following data will be stored: Time stamp; detailed alarm text; type (alarm or warning)
NOTE 1
All "Detailed alarm texts" can be found in chapter "Alarm list and troubleshooting" on
page 298
NOTE 2
The alarm buffer is a "first in - first out" buffer. Older alarms can be found in the "Operation
log" represented by an Alarm ID.
4.4.4.3 Measured values

There will be stored one file per operation named 'OBS_Values_IMO_YYYYMMDD_hhmm.csv'
The following data will be stored every ten seconds during operation (ballasting / deballasting):
Time stamp; Status; AlmID; USCG; Full treatment; Warning; Alarm; BFP; FGM; PT01; FM01; FPV01 SP; UVxx;
UVPxx; TTxx.
Explanation of each data point:
Time Time stamp for the data set

stamp
Status This will indicate the current status of the system. All possible statues are shown in chapter
"Information bar" on page 90.
4 Control system
Alarm ID This will indicate an alarm ID in case of SHUTDOWN ALARM. All alarm ID's can be identified
in chapter "Alarm list and troubleshooting" on page 298.
Operation types different than SHUTDOWN ALARM will show 0 (zero).
USCG Boolean value, will be:
– 0 if the system has been operated in IMO mode

– 1 if the system has been operated in USCG mode
Full treat- Boolean value, will be:

ment
– 1 if the system is currently operating at full treatment (UV-I > limitation)
– 0 if the system is operating outside UV-I limitation
Warning Boolean value, will be:
– 0 if the system is not in warning state

– 1 if the system is in warning state
Alarm Boolean value, will be:
– 0 if the system is not in shutdown-alarm state

– 1 if the system is in shutdown-alarm state
BFP Boolean value, will be:
– 1 if the back flush pump (BFP01) is running

– 0 if the back flush pump (BFP01) is not running
FGM Boolean value, will be:
– 1 if the filter gear motor(FGM01) is running

– 0 if the filter gear motor (FGM01) is not running
PT01 Floating point value:
PT01, pressure before UV chamber, measured value in bar
FM01 Floating point value:
FM01, flow into UV chamber, measured value in m³/h
FPV01 SP Floating point value:
FPV01, flow pressure valve, position open set point in percent
UVxx Floating point value:
UVxx, UV intensity i UV chamber xx, measured value in W/m²
UVPxx Floating point value:
UVPxx, Power consumption in UV lamp xx, measured value in kW
4 Control system
TTxx Floating point value:
TTxx, Temperature UV chamber xx, measured value in °C
Table 4.21 Explanation of data in 'Measured values log'
4.4.4.4 Parameters
There will be stored one file named 'OBS_Param_IMO_YYYYMMDD_hhmm.csv'
The encrypted file contains all parameters in the BWTS, and can be sent to Optimarin for adjustments if
needed. An example is if the vessel receives a new flow transmitter that doesn't match the previous 4-
20mA output signal. This can be adjusted by Optimarin, and the file can be reloaded into the BWTS.
4.4.5 Excel function: Text to Columns

Please use the below procedure if the text doesn't separate into columns within Excel.
1. Check if the file type *.csv is an associated file in your operating system (Windows, macOS etc.)
If the icon is an Excel icon, the file can be opened by double-click

If the icon isn't an Excel icon, the file must be opened by right-click and use the 'Open with >> Excel'
function
2. After opening the file in Excel all data is located in column A:
Figure 4.64 Data opened "unseparated"
3. Select the complete A column, click on 'A' illustrated by green below:
4 Control system
Figure 4.65 Select the complete A column
4. Choose the function "Text to Columns" from the "Tools" menu in Excel:
Figure 4.66 Function "Text to Columns"
5. Choose "Delimited" from the radio button and click "Next":
Figure 4.67 Choose "Delimited"
6. Choose "Semicolon" from the check button and click "Finish":
4 Control system
Figure 4.68 Choose "Semicolon"
The columns will now have the same width, and not all data is showing. Select all columns width by clicking
on the green triangle illustrated inside a pink circle on the next image:
Figure 4.69 Select all columns
Double-click between the A and B column to automatically adjust the width to fit all columns:
Figure 4.70 Finished imported into Excel
5 Health, safety and environment 5
5 Health, safety and environment
5.1 General 151
5.2 UV system 152
5.2.1 General UV information 152
5.2.2 Mercury 154
5.3.1 General 158
5.3.2 Electrical installations in explosive atmosphere 158
5.3.3 Safe electrical barriers 159
5.3.4 Safe distances 159
5.4.1 Determining consequence and probability 162
5.4.2 Risk assessment 164
5.1 General 5
5.1 General
This chapter will describe the main safety aspects for the operation/handling of the OBS. The user is also
kindly requested to observe all safety recommendations given under the chapters for operation and main-
tenance.
All personnel responsible and/or involved with the operation and maintenance of the OBS shall read this
manual to ensure safety and correct operation. If any doubts related to the safe operation and main-
tenance should occur Optimarin AS invites the user(s) – without hesitation - to contact its main office in
Sandnes for assistance.
5.2 UV system 5
5.2 UV system
Figure 5.1 Warning
The UV lamps emit short wave radiation which is damaging to the eyes and skin. Personnel must not be
exposed to this radiation. Under no circumstances shall the UV lamp be operated outside the UV chamber.
The UV lamp must never be ignited without the lamp connection boxes (2) closed or the UV intensity
sensors (5) securely fitted. Never remove the UV intensity sensor from its pocket during operation. If the
system is operated according to this manual no risk of UV-exposure exists as the lamps are fitted inside UV-
chambers with no exposed parts.
1. Flange - for connection to manifold

and UV chamber valve
2. Lamp connection box
3. Grounding point
4. Temperature transmitter
5. UV intensity sensor
6. Drain / Outlet for circulation of

cleaning agents
7. Temperature switch
Figure 5.2 UV Chamber
8. Inlet for circulation of cleaning
agents
5.2.1 General UV information

Ultraviolet (UV) radiation is defined as that portion of the electromagnetic spectrum between x rays and vis-
ible light, i.e., between 40 and 400 nm (30–3 eV). The UV spectrum is divided into Vacuum UV (40-190 nm),
Far UV (190-220 nm), UVC (220-290 nm) UVB (290-320), and UVA (320-400 nm). The sun is our primary nat-
ural source of UV radiation. The UV light is invisible until 400 nm.
Familiarize yourself with the content of UV lamp’s Material Safety Data Sheet, see appendix C on page
337
Exposure matrix:
Risk Category Limit for effective Time until the limit value has been reached
irradiance (W/m²)
No risk 0,001 More than 8 hours
1, low risk 0,003 Between 8 and 170 minutes
5.2 UV system 5
Risk Category Limit for effective Time until the limit value has been reached
irradiance (W/m²)
2, moderate risk 0,03 Between 170 and 17 minutes
3, high risk Higher than 0,03 Shorter period than 17 minutes
OBS high risk Up to 2300 Immediately!
Never expose the UV lamp rays during operation. Removing

UV sensor only to be done according to instructions given in
chapter "Maintenance instructions" on page 227.
Table 5.1 Risk category
OBS lamps are of the medium pressure type and have power consumption up to ca 35 kW – 5 to 7 kW is
consumed by the UV light – the rest generates heat and a light with an extreme glare. The brightness is very
dangerous to the human eye!
Accidental overexposure to UVC can cause corneal burns, commonly termed welders' flash, and snow blind-
ness, a severe sunburn to skin. While UVC injury usually clears up in a day or two, it can be extremely pain-
ful.
Accidental UV overexposure can injure unaware victims due to the fact UV is invisible and does not pro-
duce an immediate reaction. Labeling on UV sources shall consist of a caution or warning label.
Note, the radiation that is generated by the OBS is extremely dangerous to the human eye. Never look dir-
ectly on an ignited lamp even if special goggles are worn!
5.2.1.1 First aid in the event of accidental overexposure to UV-radiation

When UV overexposure has occurred:
When there has been overexposure, the first step will be to secure your own safety and turn off the UV
source. When safety is assured you shall provide first aid to the injured worker. For overexposure of the
eye, place the eye shower from your tool kit and place it over the eye of the injured person and get medical
attention. For overexposure of the skin, apply burn dressing or cold water/cooling gel the affected area and
get medical attention.
The next step is to carry out a UV safety audit in the workplace to recognize the circumstances that led to
the overexposure and make sure adequate controls are put in place to protect workers
5.2.1.2 Ozone exposure

The oxygen that we need in the air we breathe has molecules of two oxygen atoms (O2). Ozone is a col-
orless gas composed of three oxygen atoms (O3). Ozone gas is being developed when oxygen is exposed to
UV- light.
Ozone is a toxic gas with vastly different chemical and biological properties from O2.It is chemically react-
ive, and destroys itself by attacking other chemicals. The word "ozone" is derived from the Greek word for
"smell" because its odor can be detected at concentrations as low as .0076 parts-per-million (ppm).
5.2 UV system 5
There are various suggested maximum limits for permanent ozone exposure, but the United Kingdom
Health & Safety Executive has established an occupational O3 exposure limit of 0.20 ppm for 15 minute peri-
ods.
At higher concentrations ozone can cause chest pain, coughing, shortness of breath, and throat irritation.
Ozone may also worsen chronic respiratory diseases such as asthma and compromise the ability of the
body to fight respiratory infections.
To avoid high Ozone concentration, the OBS UV-lamps shall never be energized if the lamp connection box
lid of the chambers are removed.
5.2.2 Mercury
UV lamps contain small amounts of mercury. Damaged glass must be disposed of with suitable precautions
in accordance with any current legislation for the country/area of disposal. Mercury residuals must never
be touched without proper personal safety gear (gloves, eye-protection, respiratory protection etc). See
also enclosed appendix C on page 337.
5.2.2.1 Elemental mercury effects

Elemental (metallic) mercury primarily causes health effects when it is breathed as a vapor where it can be
absorbed through the lungs. These exposures can occur when elemental mercury is spilled or products that
contain elemental mercury break and expose mercury to the air, particularly in warm or poorly-ventilated
indoor spaces.
The Norwegian authorities for instance recommend that the maximum intake of mercury is 0.1 micro
grams per kg body weight per day. Example: for a person weighing 70 kg should not take more than 7 micro
grams per day.
Note the blood mercury content reduction aspect; to halve the mercury content in the blood takes two
months!
Symptoms include these: tremors; emotional changes (e.g., mood swings, irritability, nervousness, excess-
ive shyness); insomnia; neuromuscular changes (such as weakness, muscle atrophy, twitching); headaches;
disturbances in sensations; changes in nerve responses; performance deficits on tests of cognitive function.
At higher exposures there may be kidney effects, respiratory failure and death. People concerned about
their exposure to elemental mercury should consult their physician.
5.2.2.2 Operating temperature

Medium pressure UV lamps operate at very high temperatures (above 700°C). Extreme care should be
taken when handling the UV lamp and other components from the UV chamber after the system has been
in operation.
Allow at least 30 minutes for the UV lamp to cool down before attempting to remove.
5.2.2.3 Handling of mercury lamps

Special filter masks approved for mercury and gloves shall be worn when a new lamp is being removed
from its original packing! Ref. appendix "Material safety data sheet for mercury" on page 337.
Please store the original packing for future use. See chapter "Deposit of UV lamps" on the next page.
5.2 UV system 5
5.2.2.3.1 What never to do after a mercury spill
• Never use a vacuum cleaner to clean up mercury. The vacuum will put mercury into the air and increase
exposure.
• Never use a broom to clean up mercury. It will break the mercury into smaller droplets and spread
them.
• Never pour mercury down a drain. It may lodge in the plumbing and cause future problems during
plumbing repairs. If discharged, it can cause pollution of the septic tank or sewage treatment plant.
• Never wash clothing or other items that have come in direct contact with mercury in a washing
machine, because mercury may contaminate the machine and/or pollute sewage. Clothing that has
come into direct contact with mercury should be discarded. By "direct contact," we mean that mercury
was (or has been) spilled directly on the clothing, for example, if you break a mercury thermometer and
some of elemental mercury beads came in contact with your clothing.
• Never walk around if your shoes if contaminated with mercury. Contaminated clothing can also spread
mercury around.
5.2.2.3.2 Cleanup after a mercury spill
• Have people leave the room.

• Air out the room for 5-10 minutes by opening a window or door to the outdoor environment.
• Shut off the central forced air heating/air-conditioning system, if you have one.
• Collect materials needed to clean up broken lamp:
– stiff paper or cardboard;
– sticky tape;
– damp paper towels or disposable wet wipes (for hard surfaces); and
– a glass jar with a metal lid or a sealable plastic bag.
• Be thorough in collecting broken glass and visible powder.
• Place cleanup materials in a sealable container.
• Promptly place all lamp debris and cleanup materials outdoors in appropriate container or protected
area until materials can be disposed of properly. Avoid leaving any lamp fragments or cleanup materials
indoors.
• If practical, continue to air out the room where the lamp was broken and leave the heating/air con-
ditioning system shut off for several hours.
5.2.2.3.3 Deposit of UV lamps
UV lamp/lamp material shall be treated as hazardous trash:
• Broken lamps shall be stored in concealed containers and marked accordingly

• “Used” lamps shall be packed in the original packing or appropriate containment that prevents breakage
• Containment to be marked
To be delivered to deposit facilities for hazardous trash/rubbish.
5.2 UV system 5
5.2.2.3.4 Mercury absorb kit
Optimarin recommends that the kit that is described below or similar to be kept onboard. The kit can be
purchased directly from Optimarin.
Spilled mercury develops toxic vapors and should always be quickly and completely absorbed.
Instructions for use:
• Wear disposable gloves.

• Push the mercury pellets together with a suitable tool.
• Using the enclosed disposable pipette, pick up as many pellets as possible and place them into the white
container.
• Cover the remainder with approx. the same amount Mercurisorb-Roth.
• Mix thoroughly with a paintbrush or brush; avoid dust from forming and dampness (staining!)
• The absorption process can be followed easily by watching the mixture turn grey. After a few minutes
the process is closed.
• Remove with the enclosed scoop and fill into the plastic waste bottle. Mark accordingly and place the
bottle in the chemical disposal.
NOTE
The end product is comparatively harmless. It emits practically no more vapors.
Serviceable life: At least 2 years in original, sealed pack.
Order numbers:
Item no Item name Description
142938 MERCURY ABSORB KIT Complete case with absorbing powder, pipette, brush,
MERCURYSORB-ROTH scoop and gloves
142939 MERCURYSORB REFILL 250G Absorbing powder refill
5.2 UV system 5
Figure 5.3 Mercury absorb kit
5.3 Electrical safety
5.3.1 General
Figure 5.4 Warning
All equipment shall be grounded. Please note that classification societies might also enforce their own reg-
ulations.
During operation no maintenance involving opening of electrical components should occur. If UV power
cabinet is opened the UV lamp power will be disabled.
The UV system operates under high voltage conditions and must be electrically isolated before any main-
tenance is carried out.
Remote stop switches are located on the Control Panel and on Ex Sensor Box 1.
All electricity can also be turned off in the power distribution.
Electrical work of any excess to what listed in chapter "Risk matrices operation and maintenance" on
page 161 shall be evaluated by the Optimarin technician for each and individual cases with regards to:
• Skills and qualifications

• Certificate/authority approval requirements etc.
• Specified work instructions
5.3.2 Electrical installations in explosive atmosphere

The personnel working with electrical equipment in explosive atmosphere needs training in maintenance
and operation of the Ex certified electrical equipment. It is especially important to be aware of to never
opens Ex certified equipment during operation if explosive gas may be in the area. Before service and main-
tenance on Ex approved electrical equipment it is always necessary with a hot work permit. To get a hot
work permit you must be sure that the area is free from gas. This is checked by use of an approved gas
measuring instrument which can detect the types of gases that may be in the area.
5.3.3 Safe electrical barriers
Figure 5.5 Safe electrical barriers
5.3.4 Safe distances

Safe distances shall be identified and marked with conspicuously colored border tape. Note, the start-up
voltage for the UV lamps is 4000 V.
Voltage/risk distances:
Nominel System Voltage Risk Distance Nominel System Voltage Risk Distanc
(kV) (mm) (kV) (mm)
<1 No touching 70 750
3 (Optimarin relevant) 400 (Optimarin relevant) 110 1000
6 (Optimarin relevant) 400 (Optimarin relevant) 132 1100
10 400 150 1200
15* 400 220 1600
20 400 275 1900
30 400 380 2500
36 400 480 3200
45 500 700 5300
60 650
Table 5.2 Safe distance
5.4 Risk matrices operation and maintenance
The following risk matrices are based on the results from the Safety Assessments sessions Optimarin has
carried out. Optimarin hopes that these matrices will give a good overview of those risk elements the OBS
may introduce.
Please note the colour codes that are being used in the matrices:
Red Indicates highest level of risk elements of a serious nature is involved.
• Maintenance matrix: Safe Job Analyses (SJA) and work planning is recommended to be car-
ried out before commencement of work.
• Operation matrix: indicates areas of significant risk.
Yellow Indicates a medium level of risk elements is involved.
• Maintenance matrix: Safe Job Analyses (SJA) and work planning is recommended to be car-
ried out before commencement of work.
• Operation matrix: indicates areas of significant risk.
Green Indicates the lowest level of risk elements involved:
• Maintenance matrix: Work planning is recommended to be carried out before com-

mencement of work.
• Operation matrix: Pay attention.
Table 5.3 Colour coded risk elements
Optimarin however, takes reservations for that there could be risk elements that not have been accounted
for. Thus, the importance of reading all instructions carefully and, also continuously to bear in mind that
the OBS contains very dangerous elements is strongly emphasized!
5.4.1 Determining consequence and probability
Table for consequence overview
Consequence category Injury/ Illness Material damage Damage to environment
I Deadly Total destruction/ very Permanent/ very severe

large cost damage
II Permanent disablement Extensive destruction/ Prolonged/ severe cost

large cost
III Lost-time injury Moderate destruction/ Moderate damage

moderate cost
IV Medical treatment Minimal destruction/ min- Minimal damage

imal cost
V First aid Negligible destruction/ Negligible cost

Negligible cost
Figure 5.6 Consequence table
Probability categories
Probability category Probability
A Often
B Likely
C Now and then
D Less likely
E Unlikely
Figure 5.7 Table of Probability
The following risk matrices are based on the results from the Safety Assessments sessions Optimarin has
carried out. Optimarin hopes that these matrices will give a good overview of those risk elements the OBS
may introduce.
Consequence↓ Probability↓
A B C D E
II
3
III
2
IV
1
V
Table 5.4 Risk Matrix
Risk level
1 Small Risk Acceptable level
2 Moderate Risk Risk reducing measures should be put

into action
3 High Risk Work shall not be executed. Risk redu-

cing measures shall be put into action.
Table 5.5 Risk levels overview
Optimarin however, takes reservations for that there could be risk elements that not have been accounted
for. It is important to read all instructions carefully, and keep in mind that local conditions onboard
could create new risks that are not covered in this document. In some of the assessed areas in this report
there is taken corrective action even if the risk level is acceptable (level 1).
Last updated: August 2020
31462-01-02-01
5.4.2
No. Item/ Process Activity Risk Risk Risk reducing measures New risk
Level level
1. Filter Inlet Ballasting Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
Risk assessment
Valve the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
in water leakage
Based on template Rev. 8
Operations, maintenance and safety Manual Rev. 2
(FIV) • Check valve internals according

to intervals stated in OMS
manual
Damage seat causing valve leakage IIID • Check valve internals according NA
to interval stated in OMS
manual
• Instruction for installation in

OBS Inst. Manual
Valve does not open when starting IIIE • Check valve internals according NA
ballast operation to intervals stated in OMS

manual
• Operation stops @Waiting for

minimum flow state

Approved: 16/05/2022
Printed: 25/09/2023
CAN bus or embedded electronics IVC • 200 VAC Transformer to min- NA

failure causing valve failure imize voltage peaks
• Factory programmed actuators
Low voltage exposure IID • Isolate power before opening IIE

cover
• Bonding
Page 164 of 344
• Authorized personnel to work on

electrical installation
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
2. Filter Inlet Valve Filter Inlet Valve Feedback signals not reached open- IVE • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
ing OBV in IMO mode causing fying operator to stop ballast oper-
(FIV) (FIV) untreated water passing OBS (USCG ation
mode keeps OBV01 closed – no risk)
Explosion risk: Reduced/no Ex pro- IID • Perform maintenance according IIE

tection level due to lack of main- to OMS manual
tenance (Exe) or damaged
equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 165 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
3. OBS Bypass Valve Bypass OBS in case of Failure in opening the valve will com- IID • Local emergency manual oper- VD
shutdown alarm promise the operation/safety of the ation of the valve
(OBV) vessel (automatic)

cover
• Bonding

CAN bus or embedded electronics IVC • 200 VAC Transformer to minimize NA

failure causing valve failure voltage peaks

Feedback signals not reached IVC • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
fying operator to stop ballast oper-
ation.

Printed: 25/09/2023
• Check valve internals according to

intervals stated in OMS manual

equipment
Page 166 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
4. Filter Filtering ballast water Filtering element damaged causing IID • Maintenance and control of filter IIE
during ballasting and unfiltered water to pass element as stated in OMS manual
stripping.
• Monitoring of differential pres-

sure in filter (if no DP alarm after
20h)
System failure due to filter clogged IIIC • Monitoring of differential pres- IIID
(particles in ballast water) sure in filter with automatic back-
flushing
• Operate the OBS within certificate

limitations .
• Maintenance and control of filter

element as stated in OMS manual

Quick pressure changes may cause IIID • Pumps are recommended not to NA
water hammering with the con- be started until signal given from
sequence of filter mesh/candle dam- OBS

Printed: 25/09/2023
age
• Valves closes 30s after detected
low flow in OBS
• Alarm initiated if no DP is reached

within time limit (DP alarms over
time)
Foreign objects hitting and causing IIID • Sea chests normally with strainers NA
mesh/candle damage
Page 167 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
Explosion risk: Reduced/no Ex pro- IID • Maintenance and control of filter IIE
tection level due to lack of main- element as stated in OMS manual
equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 168 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
5. Filter Gear Motor The motor operates Mechanical obstructions in filter IIID • Motor protection switch in filter NA
with gear unit the suction arm inside causing failure in cleaning filter control cabinet
the filter during filter screen
(FGM) flushing • Audible and visible alarm noti-

ation
• Periodic maintenance as stated in

the OMS manual
Gear failure preventing the flushing IIIE • High DP alarm NA

arm to rotate
• Locked rotor will trigger FGM
motor protection switch and
alarm

Overheating gear unit due to oil leak- IIIE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
age or mechanical failure the OMS manual
• Remove vent transportation pro-

Printed: 25/09/2023
tection, item in Pre-com-

missioning check list

cover
• Bonding

Page 169 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

equipment

tenance (Exd) or damaged
equipment
6. Differential Pres- Monitor high/high-high Back-flush sequence not initiated IIIE • If high/no DP alarm exceeds the NA
sure Sensor differential pressure and potential filter damage preset time an alarm will be ini-
between filter inlet and tiated
(DPS) outlet
• Pre-commissioning checklist

the OMS manual
Explosion risk: Reduced/no Ex pro- IID • Periodic maintenance as stated in IIE

Printed: 25/09/2023
tection level due to lack of main- the OMS manual

tenance (Exi) or damaged
equipment
Page 170 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
7. Back Flush Pump Pump activated during Mechanical obstructions in pump IVE • Motor protection switch in filter if NA
filter flushing inlet causing failure in water flow blocked rotor
(BFP) thus preventing cleaning of the filter
screen • Audible and visible alarm noti-

ation if high DP or motor
protection switch is activated.
Motor running dry causing torn out- IVD • Monitoring of filter flush valve NA
/damage to mechanical seals (leak)
• Always run the pump with water
as explained in OMS manual

the OMS manual

Motor or pump failure/breakdown IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
the OMS manual

Printed: 25/09/2023
cover
• Bonding


Page 171 of 344
equipment
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

tenance (Exd) or damaged
equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 172 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
8. Filter Flush Valve Opens during filter Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
flushing the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
(FFV) in water leakage

Open feedback when valve is still IIIE • Valve position verified during NA
closed during flushing installation

Damage seat causing valve leakage IIID • Check valve internals according to NA


Printed: 25/09/2023
cover
• Bonding

Valve does not open during flushing IIIE • Check valve internals according to NA
sequence intervals stated in OMS manual
Page 173 of 344
• Audible and visible alarm noti-

ation
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
Feedback signals not reached open- IVE • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
ing OBV01 in IMO mode causing fying operator to stop ballast oper-
untreated water passing OBS (USCG ation

equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 174 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
9. Filter Outlet Valve Ballasting Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
(FOV) in water leakage

interval stated in OMS manual
Valve does not open when starting IIIE • Check valve internals according to NA
ballast operation interval stated in OMS manual
• Operation stops @Waiting for

minimum flow state

cover
• Bonding

Printed: 25/09/2023

Feedback signals not reached open- IVC • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
Page 175 of 344

5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 176 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
10. Filter Bypass Valve De-ballasting Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
(FBV) in water leakage

Valve does not open when starting IIIE • Check valve internals according to NA
de-ballast operation interval stated in OMS manual

cover
• Bonding


Printed: 25/09/2023
Page 177 of 344

5
equipment
31462-01-02-01
Level level
11. UV-chamber inlet Opens for flow of bal- Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
valves last water in individual the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
UV chambers in water leakage
(UVA xx) • Check valve internals according to

Valve fails to operate on command IIIE • Check valve internals according to NA

(defect actuator/valve) interval stated in OMS manual

cover
• Bonding


Printed: 25/09/2023
Page 178 of 344

5
equipment
31462-01-02-01
Level level
Overheating of lamp if open feed- IVD • Temperature transmitter, high NA

back is received when valve is closed warning and high alarm.
• Temperature switch

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 179 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
12. UV-chamber outlet Opens for flow of bal- Closed feedback signal active when IIIC • Valve position verified during IIID
valves (UVB xx) last water in individual the valve is not fully closed resulting installation
UV chambers in water leakage

Valve fails to operate on command IIIE • Check valve internals according to NA

(defect actuator/valve) interval stated in OMS manual
Overheating of lamp if open feed- IVD • Temperature transmitter, high NA

back is received when valve is closed warning and high alarm.

cover

• Bonding
Printed: 25/09/2023


Page 180 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

equipment
13. Lamp connection High Voltage con- High voltage exposure ID • High Voltage warning sticker IE
box nection for UV cham-
ber • OMS instructions for isolating
(LBxx.x) power when working with lamps
• All UV power cabinets must be

powered off before accessing
• Only trained shall be working with

High Voltage equipment

tenance (Exd/Exe) or damaged
equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 181 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
14. Flowmeter Measure flow of water Incorrect measurement causing IVE • Calibrate sensors according to NA
through UV manifold waterflow to exceed system capa- OMS manual
(FM01) city
• Pressure transmitter will ensure

system design pressure is not
exceeded
Incorrect measurement causing IIE • Temperature transmitter, high NA

waterflow to not provide sufficient and high-high alarm.
cooling
Flow exceeding alarm limits IVC • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
ation

• Automatic shutdown after exceed-
ing alarm time limit
• FPV regulating flow

Printed: 25/09/2023
System failure due to sensor failure IIID • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA
ation
• Sensor failure will shut down sys-

tem

Page 182 of 344

equipment
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
15. UV sensor Measuring UV intensity Measuring too high intensity, res- IVE • Alarm delay before activation of NA
during treatment of bal- ulting in too low treatment factor alarm
(UVxx) lastwater
• Periodic maintenance/calibration
as stated in the OMS manual
Measuring too low intensity, not IVE • Low UV-intensity warning NA

achieving sufficient treatment factor
• Delay before activation of warn-
ing
Exceeding alarm/warning limits IVC • Warning notifying operator of low NA

UV intensity


UV exposure if sensor is removed IID • Warning stickers for UV radiation IIE
Printed: 25/09/2023
during operation on chamber
• Instruction and HSE guide in OBS

OMS
Sensor failure IVD • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA

ation
Page 183 of 344

tem
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 184 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
16. Temperature Trans- Measuring the tem- Measuring too high temperature VE • Alarm delay before activation of NA
mitter perature in the UV causing false alarms alarm
chamber
(TTxx) • Periodic maintenance/calibration

Measuring too low temperature not IIIE • Temperature switch will dis- NA
activating alarms connect UV power when activated
Exceeding warning/alarm limits IVD • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA

ation at warning.

• Automatic shutdown of UV cham-
ber at alarm
Sensor failure IVD • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA

Printed: 25/09/2023

ation

tem

equipment
Page 185 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
17. Pressure Trans- Measuring the system Measuring too high/low pressure IVE • Alarm delay before activation of NA
mitter pressure causing false alarms alarm
(PT01) • Periodic maintenance/calibration

Measuring too low pressure not IIIE • Low pressure alarm NA

activating alarms
• Alarm delay before activation of
alarm
Exceeding alarm limits IVD • Audible and visible alarm noti- NA


ation
• High/low alarm will shut down sys-

tem

Printed: 25/09/2023
Sensor failure IVD • Periodic maintenance/calibration NA


tem

tenance (Ex d/i) or damaged
Page 186 of 344
equipment
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
18. Temperature Monitoring tem- Switch faulty activated at too low IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
switch perature limit in UV- temperature and UV-power is shut the OMS manual
chamber down
(TSxx)
Switch fail open/wire break, UV- IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
power will not start the OMS manual

tenance or damaged equipment
Switch fails closed and does not shut IIIE • Temperature transmitter shall NA
down if temperature rating is issue warning and alarm/shut-
exceeded. down at lower temperature
19. Mechanical air Remove air in ballast Fail to close after venting resulting IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

Valve water in water spill the OMS manual
Fail to open for venting causing heat- IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
ing of UV chamber the OMS manual

Printed: 25/09/2023
20. Manifold Vent- Operation Removing the air release function IVD • OBS OMS instruction to leave NA
ilation shut off from the system causing UV cham- valve open.
valve ber heating (violation of certificate
conditions)
21. Manifold drain Operation Water spill from leaking valve VE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA
valve the OMS manual
Page 187 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
22. UV chamber UV reactor for exposing Earth faults IE • UV-Power units monitor for GND IIE
ballast water to UV radi- fault
ation, and containing
UV radiation • Bonding
Water leakage into lamp connection IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

box due to sealing ring failing the OMS manual. Sealing ring
replacement
• Double sealing rings
Water leakage/breaking of quartz IVE • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

glass within the chamber may fill the the OMS manual.
Lamp Connection Box damaging the
internals • Lamp cable sealing in glands, both
ends.

• Gasket and end plug installed.
Fouling on the quartz glass and UV VC • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

measuring window the OMS manual.
Printed: 25/09/2023
• UV-intensity measurement
Page 188 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
Hot surface during normal bal- IIIC • Operating procedure in OMS IIID
last/de-ballast operation
• Monitoring the internal UV-cham-
ber temperature, high warn-

ing/high alarm, 50/55
• Minimum flow/pressure require-

ment
• Air release
Exposure to UV radiation if chamber IID • Warning stickers for UV radiation IIE

is accessed during operation. on chamber
• Instruction and HSE guide in OBS

OMS
Water leakage from spare ports IVD • Plugs and usit rings installed NA

Printed: 25/09/2023
High flow may cause erosion with IIIE • Flow measured by the Flowmeter NA
the consequence of material diminu- and controlled by the Flow Pres-
tion and finally leakage sure Valve
Page 189 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
23. Flow Pressure Regulate Flow and Pres- Faulty operation causing too high IVE • Pressure monitoring will initiate NA
Valve sure system pressure alarm and shutdown when exceed-
ing limit
• Flowmeter will initiate alarm and

shut down

equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 190 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
24. UV Power Power supply to UV Ambient temperature exceeding pre- VD • To be installed according to Install- NA
lamps set value for temperature pro- ation Manual
tection causing shutdown of UV
power consequently no treatment

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 191 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
Vibration damage to cabinets IIID • To be installed according to Install- IIIE

ation Manual with wire dampers
• Use cabinet connection kit
EMC causing interference to nearby VE • Cable used according to Opti- NA

equipment marin specifications
• Testing according to current reg-

ulations
• Bonding
Fan failure making UV power IVD • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

unavailable the OMS manual
Module failure making UV power IVD • Periodic maintenance as stated in NA

unavailable the OMS manual

cover
Printed: 25/09/2023
• Bonding

• Main switch safety function, cover

can only be removed when power
switch is in off position.
Page 192 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
High voltage exposure ID • Isolate power before opening cov- IE

ers
• Bonding
• Main switch safety function, cover

can only be removed in off pos-
ition
• GND fault monitoring
• Additional internal cover for

exposed High Voltage connections
25. UV power cable Electric power cable Damage or fault in cable making IIIE • Earth fault detection in UV Power NA
from UV Power to earth fault or short circuit shutting down the lamp

Lamp Connection
Boxes • Short circuit detection in UV
Power shutting down the lamp

• Cable used according to Opti-
Printed: 25/09/2023
marin specifications
• All units are earthed
26. UV lamp with wires Source of UV radiation. Lamp breakage causing Mercury IVD • Training on handling UV lamps NA
Lamp installed inside (Hg) contamination
quarts tube in UV cham- • Handling of UV lamps according
ber to OMS manual
• Handling of small mercury leak

Page 193 of 344
according to OMS
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
27. Supply voltage to Supply electricity to all Unstable supply voltage from ship IIID • All electric components have + NA
OBS cabinets and motors damaging equipment 10% limit
• All Electrical cabinets have a insu-

late transformer at power inlet to
prevent voltage peaks and EMC
disturbance
• UV Power cabinets monitor the

input voltage and shuts down if
too high or too low
• Motor protectors installed
28. Remote I/O cab- Normal operation System failure due to loss of power VD • Shutdown alarm NA
inets

System failure due to loss of VD • Shutdown alarm NA
(FC, SB, IP, EAPDP) Profibus/Profinet

Printed: 25/09/2023
cover
• Bonding

Page 194 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
29. Control Panel Normal operation System failure due to loss of power VD • Shutdown alarm NA
System failure due to loss of VD • Shutdown alarm NA
Profibus/Profinet

cover
• Bonding

Loss of control due to touch panel IIID • Redundancy if alternative oper- NA

fault ation station is enabled

• Manual bypass for continued oper-
ation (OBV)

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 195 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level
30. Ex equipment in OBS in normal oper- Explosion risk due to incorrect IID • Training of service engineers IIE
general ation in hazardous area installation of Exe equipment
• Installation manual and YCL
requirement for installations

according to ATEX and IEC Ex
standards
• Pre- Commission checklist
Explosion risk due to incorrect IID • Training of service engineers IIE

installation of Exm equipment
standards


installation of Exi equipment

Printed: 25/09/2023

standards

Page 196 of 344
5
31462-01-02-01
Level level

installation of Exd equipment

standards
31. Pneumatic Actu- All Operation modes Loss of air during operation, leading IIC • Manual Override wheel on safety IIE
ators to no control of emergency valves valves
32. Control System Treatment Active Control system freeze and stops IIIE • External Temp Switch to shut off IVE
monitoring system safety limits. UV Power
• UV Power Module

Printed: 25/09/2023 Page 197 of 344
5
6 Routines, service and maintenance
6.1 Caution 200
6.2 General 201
6.2.1 EX - maintenance and inspections 201
6.2.2 Special tools 201
6.3 Routines 204
6.3.1 Routine for avoiding scaling in filter 204
6.3.2 Routine after ballasting “dirty” water 204
6.3.3 Routine for sediment removal 204
6.3.4 Routine for ballast water sampling 204
6.3.5 Routine for preserving the system 205
6.4.1 Calibration interval 208
6.4.2 Calibration procedures 208
6.5.1 Every month 212
6.5.2 Every six months 213
6.5.3 Every year 216
6.5.4 Every 2.5 years 217
6.5.5 Every five years 220
6.5.6 Every ten years 222
6.6.1 Spare parts versus interval 223
6.6.2 Service kit names vs interval matrix 225
6.6.3 Recommended spares on board 225
6.7.1 Maintenance instructional videos 227
6.7.2 Visual inspection 227
6.7.3 Filter 229
6.7.4 UV system 273
6.7.5 FPV 281
6.7.6 Back Flush Pump 283
6.7.7 Optimarin Bypass Valve (OBV01) 286
6.7.8 Air release valve 286
6.7.10 Electrical system 288
6.7.11 Signal checks 292
6.1 Caution 6
6.1 Caution
Please read the HSE regulations in chapter 5 on page 150, before performing any maintenance at OBS.
6.2 General 6
6.2 General
The OBS consists of many parts/components that are subject to service and maintenance. The user must be
aware of the various time intervals for service that apply for the system and update the ship’s maintenance
program accordingly.
The matrices below contain maintenance intervals for all components that requires frequent attendance.
The maintenance program might be subject to changes based on experience factors. Optimarin will use its
Field Bulletin program to inform all users accordingly.
6.2.1 EX - maintenance and inspections

The OBS include electrical installations in explosive atmosphere / hazardous area. To ensure the integrity
and condition of the installation during operation, periodic controls and maintenance are required.
The vessel need to include the EX equipment in their maintenance program. The level of detail and com-
petence of the personnel must be according to IEC 60079-17. Effects caused by the environment of the
installation need to be considered when determining the interval of the periodic maintenance and inspec-
tion. The equipment shall be kept clean, free from accumulations of dust and corrosion. Cleaning should be
with a wet/anti-static clean cloth electrostatic charge and without chemicals as these could affect the sur-
face treatment of the equipment.
Painting of explosion proof equipment must be according to the equipment certificate attached to Install-
ation manual and relevant standard of IEC 60079-1.
Maintenance that require disassemble of internal parts shall only be performed at a workshop certified for
Ex equipment. Spare parts shall be original parts from manufacturer.
6.2.2 Special tools

For maintenance and repair mostly ordinary tools are needed. However, for fitting and replacing quartz
glass tubes a simple tool set is provided. The tools are neatly placed on a tool board fitted near the UV-sys-
tem.
6.2 General 6
Figure 6.1 OBS toolkit (empty and equipped)
The OBS toolkit contains:
• Quartz glass installation rod

• UV lamp centering tool (from 2018)
• Quartz glass removal tool (in two parts)
• Removal tool bolts
• Sampling assembly
• Mercury absorb kit (optional, sold separately, please see chapter "Mercury absorb kit" on page 156)
6.2 General 6
NOTE 1
The application of the quartz glass tool is explained in the chapter "Cleaning/replacing the
quartz glass" on page 273
NOTE 2
The use of the sampling device is illustrated in the chapter "Sampling assembly" on page 77
6.3 Routines 6
6.3 Routines
6.3.1 Routine for avoiding scaling in filter
It has been experienced that filtering element may become scaled by lime after a certain stand still period.
It is recommended to circulate water through the system at least once a week if no ballast operation is
planned for a longer period.
Weekly: Run the program "Procedure for routine flushing" on page 55 as described in chapter 3.2.4.4 on
page 55 followed by "Inactivation of remaining life after last operation" on page 52 described in chapter
3.2.4.3 on page 52.
6.3.2 Routine after ballasting “dirty” water

Coastal and harbor waters may be severely muddy and/or contain high algae concentrations. After bal-
lasting under certain circumstances, Optimarin recommends “cleaning” the ballast pipes and OBS by cir-
culating water when the ship has left port and is located in open sea by running program "Procedure for
routine flushing" on page 55 in chapter 3.2.4.4, followed by "Inactivation of remaining life after last oper-
ation" on page 52 in chapter 3.2.4.3.
UV intensity readings lower than 800W/m² when running the BWTS in open sea may imply
that the quartz glasses are dirty. Please do maintenance as described in chapter "Clean-
ing/replacing the quartz glass" on page 273.
6.3.3 Routine for sediment removal

There must be established a routine for removing accumulated sediment on a timely basis and as neces-
sary. The frequency and timing of removal will depend on factors such as sediment build up, vessel’s trad-
ing pattern, availability of reception facilities, work load of the vessel’s personnel, and safety
considerations.
6.3.4 Routine for ballast water sampling

The presence of sediments in ballast tanks, or if the ballast water treatment system has been bypassed,
might cause contamination of the treated water. Therefore it is very important to clean ballast tanks reg-
ularly to remove sediments.
Clean the tanks in mid-ocean or under controlled arrangements in port, or at dry dock. Dispose of your sed-
iments in accordance with local, State, and Federal regulations.
It should be noted that the numerical limits of the USCG treatment discharge standard are the same as
those of the BWM Convention D-2 standard. However, the BWM Convention standard specifies meas-
urement of ‘viable’ organisms, while the USCG specifies measurement of ‘living’ organisms.
NOTE
The crew should have used the procedure described in chapter "Inactivation of remaining
life after last operation" on page 52.
Reference made to:
6.3 Routines 6
– IMO, resolution MEPC.300(72)
– USCG, 33 CFR Part 151
6.3.4.1 Detailed instruction for sampling
CAUTION!
The below instruction is for unofficial sampling done by the crew. Port state control or
other official sampling uses their own procedures.
1. Fit the sampling assembly before the operation starts. Ref. chapter "Sampling assembly" on page 77
2. Run the procedure as described in chapter "Inactivation of remaining life after last operation" on
page 52
3. Then start a deballasting procedure as described in "Deballasting procedure" on page 50. When debal-
lasting is in operation:
a. Make sure that the system is being thoroughly flushed with treated water, minimum two minutes
b. Make sure that sampling device is being thoroughly flushed after system has been flushed min-
imum 30 second before sampling starts
c. Draw sample
6.3.5 Routine for preserving the system

The following routine must be use if the Optimarin Ballast System are being put out of operation for period
longer than one month.
6.3 Routines 6
6.3.5.1 Filter
• The valves in and out of the filter (FIV01,

FOV01 and FFV01) should be closed
when the OBS is powered down. Ensure
that they are in closed position and
remains closed.
• Drain the filter by loosening the flange at
the “Draining point”/ opening draining
valve.
• Ventilate during draining by loosening
the flange at the “Ventilation point”.
• Connect fresh water to the “Refill point”
when the filter is completely drained.
• Leave the “Draining point” open and
flush with fresh water for 30 minutes.
• After flushing reassemble the blind flange
at the “Draining point”.
• Fill the filter with a water/glycol mix
(freezing point minus 20°C) by using the
“Refill point”.
• Reassemble the flange at the “Refill
point”.
Figure 6.2 Filter preservation
6.3.5.2 Electrical cabinets

Insert bags of silica gel in the following cabinets:
6.3 Routines 6
– CONTROL PANEL [+CP]: 50g silica gel
– FILTER CONTROL [+FC]: 50g silica gel
– SENSOR BOX [+SB1]: 25g silica gel
– LAMP CONNECTION BOX [+LBxx]: 10g silica gel in each
– UV POWER CABINETS [+UVPxx]: 100g silica gel in each
– FLOW INTERLOCK PANEL [+FIP]: 25g silica gel
Figure 6.3 Silica gel
6.4 Calibration of sensors and transmitters
This section outlines the necessary steps to be taken on board for calibrating the Optimarin Ballast Water
Treatment System sensors and transmitters. Optimarin confirms that this procedure fulfills the necessary
calibrations at the prescribed intervals as required by EPA regulations for the Vessel General Permit (VGP),
applicable to vessels operating in US waters.
6.4.1 Calibration interval
Sensor/transmitter Self check /cal- Certified on-board cal- Renewal of sensor or land-based
ibration ibration recalibration
Temperature trans- N/A 2.5 years N/A

mitter (TTxx)
UV sensor (UVxx) 1 year N/A 2.5 years (renewal)
Flowmeter (FM01) 1 year N/A 10 years (land-based recalibration)
Pressure transmitter N/A 2.5 years N/A

(PT01)
Table 6.1 Calibration intervals
NOTE
The UV sensors and flowmeter are vital instruments for measuring the efficiency of the
BWTS and are applicable to mandatory calibration or self check by the crew annually.
In addition, the UV sensors must be replaced every 2.5 years. This is due to weakening in the
UV sensing probe over time because of heavy UV dose exposure.
All records and calibration certificates must be stored on board the vessel for at least three years.
6.4.2 Calibration procedures

The next chapter will describe how to perform the self check/calibration annually by the crew.
Record of calibration must be retained onboard for a period of three years in the vessel’s recordkeeping
documentation.
The records shall include the following information:
• The ballast water treatment system used (if several on board) and the type approval certificate number
• The name of the person(s) performing the procedure
• The date and time of completion of the procedure
• Serial number of the tested sensor/transmitter
• The result of the procedure
6.4.2.1 Temperature transmitter

The transmitter is calibrated either on board by a certified 3rd party or sent to a certified laboratory for
calibration. Note that the system can't be operated when the sensor is disconnected.
Optimarin does not specify any specific standard the transmitter calibration need to account for.
6.4.2.2 UV sensor
1. Disconnect the cable on the UV sensor
Figure 6.4 Disconnect cable
2. The sensor output is a 4-20mA signal so loosening

the cable will result in sensor failure. On the Touch
panel, go to the "UV overview" page and verify that
the UV sensor illustration turns red and an alarm is
generated.
Figure 6.5 Alarm from UV sensor
3. At the alarm list verify that the UV sensor gets a sensor failure
4. Reconnect the cable on the UV sensor and acknowledge the alarm

5. Verify that the red alarm illustration disappears
Figure 6.6 UV without alarm
6. Start the lamp and verify that the UV intensity

increases. Note down lamp effect [kW] and intensity
[W/m²] in the report.
Figure 6.7 UV started with intensity
6.4.2.3 Flowmeter
Flowmeter Self Check procedure
1. Start a Ballasting operation. Line up suction from sea, and set return to sea/overboard (Sea to Sea).
2. Wait for the "Ballasting active" status message, this can be seen on the Optimarin Touch panel.
3. Verify no alarms are present in the Optimarin system.
4. Check the display on the flowmeter unit. (See Image above for details)
5. Check if there is an X in a circle, in the top left of the display like shown above[1].
6. If there is no X in the display, this means the self-check test has found the unit to be in fully working
order, and the self-check is complete.
7. If there is a X in the display, press the ↑ button [6]to read the Status messages.
8. If a Status message starting with Fxxx, or Sxxx, is shown, there are issues with the flowmeter and
actions might need to be taken to rectify an issue.
9. Check table below to see if actions are needed
Message on Display Description Actions
Status: F _ _ _ _ _ Operational fault in device, mA output ≤ 3.6 mA or set Repair necessary.

fault current
(depending on the seriousness of the fault), status out-
put open, pulse / frequency output: no pulses
Status: S _ _ _ _ _ Out of specification, measurement continues, accuracy Maintenance

possibly less. required.
Status: I _ _ _ _ _ Information (current measurement OK) None, self check

complete.
For assistance with flowmeter self-check, please contact the Optimarin Service department.
6.4.2.4 Pressure transmitter

The transmitter is calibrated either on board by a certified 3rd party or sent to a certified laboratory for cal-
ibration. Note that the system can't be operated when the sensor is disconnected.
Optimarin does not specify any specific standard the transmitter calibration need to account for.
6.5 Recommended/planned maintenance
NOTE
To be included in the ship's planned maintenance system.
Replacement of parts starts after 2.5 years. In the following tables the text "Service" will indicate that no
parts normally need to be replaced. The text "Parts" indicates replaceable parts. For each major component
in the system there are available S-KITs (service kits), containing all necessary parts. For Optimarin part
numbers, reference is made to the appendix. See the mechanical drawings appended in the end of the Opti-
marin Installation manual (separate document).
Instructions on how to perform the maintenance is described in chapter "Maintenance instructions" on

page 227. In the following tables the definition of "Crew" is crew working according to these descriptions.
This icon indicates a service without any replacement parts needed. For example visual inspec-
tion (for damages, corrosion, leakages) , vacuum cleaning, retighten wires, manual operation of
equipment etc.
This icon indicates that also parts has to be replaced, in addition to service.
6.5.1 Every month
Every month
Item Description Comment Execution
1. SERVICE: • Filter Crew
Visual inspection • Back flush pump [BFP01]

• UV system
• Flowmeter [FM01]
• Flow Pressure valve [FPV01]
• Butterfly valves
• All electrical cabinets
• Ex components general
• Ex d instrumentation
2. SERVICE: Crew
Check/clean air filter mats in UV power

cabinets
Table 6.2 Monthly service
6.5.2 Every six months
Every six months
Item Description Comment Performed by
1. SERVICE: • Check condition of the filtering Crew
element
Filter
• Check for corrosion and dam-
ages
• Check condition of sacrificial
anode
• Check condition of bushings
• Check gear unit oil level
• Check/clean venting screw
For instructions please see chapter
"Filter" on page 229.
2. SERVICE: HIGH VOLTAGE! Crew
UV system Make sure that the

power is shut off.
• Re-tighten all High Voltage ter-

minals in +UVPxx and +LBxx.x
• Check ground connection on
UV chamber
3. SERVICE: • Operate all valves manually Crew
from control cabinet – see
Valve operation verification instruction in chapter 4.2.2.2 on
page 95.
• Operate manual valves with
handle.
4. SERVICE: • Flowmeter [FM01] Crew
Check system grounding • Motors [FGM01] [BFP01]

• Filter
• All electrical cabinets
• Ex components general
• Ex d instrumentation
Every six months
5. SERVICE: • Remote stops Crew
Check and test safety switches • Temperature switches on

UV chambers
6. SERVICE: With non aggressive detergent Crew
Clean touch panel
Table 6.3 Six months service
6.5.3 Every year
It is highly recommended to start replacing parts annually according to Optimarins S-KIT (service kit) philo-
sophy. The following table will give an overview of the content of these S-KITs. Which kits to be used at
which intervals are illustrated in chapter "Service kit names vs interval matrix" on page 225.
Every year
1. SERVICE: • Inspection/cleaning of quartz Crew
glass, ref. chapter 6.7.4.1 on
UV system page 273.
• Inspection/cleaning of meas-
uring window, ref. chapter
6.7.4.4 on page 279.
• Check for galvanic corrosion on
UV chamber
2. SERVICE: • Inspect bolts are fastened, and Crew
inspect if top cover gasket and
Flow-Pressure valve [FPV01] manual operation shaft requires
lubrication
• Visually inspect for corrosion

and physical damages
3. SERVICE: • Remove from pipe and check/ Crew
clean measuring electrodes
Flowmeter [FM01]
• Re-tighten terminal screws
• Check terminal box for mois-
ture. Inspect and re-grease gas-
ket with non-hardening acid
free grease.
4. SERVICE: • Clean internal parts Crew
Air release valve
5. SERVICE: • Re-tighten terminal screws Crew
Electric cabinets • Check and tighten cable glands

• Vacuum clean
6. SERVICE: Checking the filter gear coupling, Crew

ref "Checking filter gear coupling"
Check coupling wear for filter gear unit on page 234
Table 6.4 Annual service
6.5.4 Every 2.5 years

It is highly recommended to start replacing parts every 2.5 year according to Optimarins S-KIT (service kit)
philosophy. The following table will give an overview of the content of these S-KITs. Which kits to be used
at which intervals are illustrated in chapter "Service kit names vs interval matrix" on page 225.
A complete system verification and software update is recommended every 2.5 years, and must be carried
out by an Optimarin technician (OM-tech.).
Every 2.5 years
1. PARTS: Replace parts: Crew
Service kit for filter • O-rings

S-KIT FILT 2.5Y
• Diaphragm for DPI
• Filter gear motor to be serviced
as item "Ex components gen-
eral" on the next page
Service kit for UV system • Quartz glass

S-KIT UV-SYS 2.5Y EX
• UV lamp (or 1000h) *)
• Measuring window
NB: One S-KIT and one UV sensor pr. • UV sensor (to be ordered sep-
UV chamber arately due to validity of sensor
calibration certificate)
• O-rings
• Backup rings
• Neoprene gaskets
• Cable glands for Ex plugs
• UV chamber Ex plugs
• Garter springs
• Filter mat for UV power cabinet
3. PARTS: • Mechanical seal Crew
Service kit for back flush pump • O-ring or gasket

S-KIT BFP 2.5Y
• Back flush pump motor to be
serviced as 'Ex component gen-
eral
4. SERVICE: • Check for marine growth inside Crew
UV chamber
UV system
• High pressure clean if growth is
detected
5. SERVICE: • Check seat condition and verify Crew
complete closed on OBV01
Butterfly valves
Every 2.5 years
6. SERVICE: • Update control software OM-tech.
Control system • Complete system check
7. SERVICE: Note! Electrical equipment isolated Crew
Ex components general • Inspect terminal boxes and

equipment for damage and
moisture
• Check and tighten cable glands
• Re-tighten electrical con-
nections
• Inspect and re-grease gaskets
with non-hardening and acid
free grease.
8. SERVICE: Note! Electrical equipment isolated Crew
Ex d equipment: Note! Locking screw to secure

cover from coming loose.
• Ex d pressure transmitter (PT0x)
• Inspect terminal boxes and
equipment for damage and
moisture.
• Clean and inspect flame path
for corrosion and damage. Re-
grease with non-hardening and
acid free grease.
• Verify correct type of gland (Ex
d), check and tighten cable
glands
Table 6.5 2.5 years service
NOTE
Please be aware that the UV lamps must be replaced on 2.5 years or 1000 hours in operation
- whatever comes first. A warning will appear in the control system when the lamp passes
900 hours.
6.5.5 Every five years
Every five years
Item Description Comment Performed
by
Service kit for filter • Sacrifical anode

S-KIT FILT 5Y
• Bushings
Service:
• Change gear oil,

Oil type: Klüber-
synth GH 6-220,
ref "Filter gear
unit oil level" on
page 233
• Check shaft seal-
ing ring, ref "Shaft
sealing ring" on
page 234
Service kit for back flush pump • Shaft assembly

S-KIT BFP 5Y
3. PARTS/SERVICE: Replace parts: Crew
Butterfly valves • Solenoid

(order no in
appendix)
Service:
• Check seat con-

dition and verify
complete closed
on filter valves
4. SERVICE: Visual check of valve Crew
internals
Optimarin Bypass Valve
[OBV01] • Check for sign of
leakage
• Disc, shaft or seat
damages
Every five years
Item Description Comment Performed
by
5. SERVICE: • Check valve intern- Crew
als
Mechanical air release valve
6. SERVICE: • Random selection Crew

of UV-chamber to
Random check of manifold and be dismantled and
chambers for cor- checked internally
rosion/erosion
Table 6.6 5 years service
6.5.6 Every ten years
Every ten years

1. PARTS: Replace parts: Crew/External
Service kit for filter • Differential pressure sensor

S-KIT FILT 10Y EX (DPS)
• Filter gear motor (FGM01)
General overhaul/replace filter
gear unit at manufacturer
• Filtering element
2. PARTS: Replace part: Crew/External
Service kit for back flush pump • Impeller

S-KIT BFP 10Y
• Replace motor bearings
at Ex certified workshop
3. SERVICE: Service:
Butterfly valves • Check seat condition and verify

complete closed on all valves
Table 6.7 10 years service
6.6 Service kit overview
6.6.1 Spare parts versus interval
NOTE
All item/order numbers on service kits are found in the drawings of each component in
appendix.
NOTE
The service intervals must be reused during the whole life cycle of the vessel.
This means that i.e. 2.5 years service also must be used for 7.5y, 12.5y, 17,5 etc.
5 years service must be used for 15 years etc, and 10 years must be used for 20 years etc.
Spare parts for every 2.5 years service

Spare parts for every 5 years service
Spare parts for every 10 years service
Order no. Equipment

Filter (S-KIT FILT)
See appendix O-rings
See appendix Diaphragm for DPI
See appendix Sacrifical anode
See appendix Bushings
See appendix Filtering element
See appendix Differention pressure sensor (DPS)
See appendix Filter gear motor (FGM01)
UV-system (S-KIT UV-SYS)
See appendix Quartz glass
See appendix UV lamp (or 1000h) *)
See appendix Measuring window
See appendix O-rings
See appendix Backup rings
See appendix UV sensor
(not part of S-KIT- to be ordered separately as close to service as possible due to
validity of sensor calibration certificate)
See appendix Neoprene gaskets
See appendix Cable glands for UV chamber Ex plugs
Order no. Equipment
See appendix UV chamber Ex plugs
See appendix Garter springs
See appendix Filter mat for UV power cabinet
Back Flush Pump (S-KIT BFP)
See appendix Mechanical seal
See appendix O-ring or gasket
See appendix Shaft assembly
See appendix Ball bearing for electric motor
See appendix Impeller
Butterfly valves
See appendix Solenoids
Table 6.8 S-KIT content matrix
*) Please be aware that the UV lamps must be replaced on 2.5 years or 1000 hours in operation - whatever
comes first. A warning will appear in the control system when the lamp passes 900 hours.
6.6.2 Service kit names vs interval matrix
The below matrix may be used a guidance when ordering S-KITs. Please note that for many of the parts
there are not unique S-KITs for each interval - they are being reused.
For example: after ten years there is a dedicated 10Y kit for the filter and the UV system reuses the 2.5Y.
Please also note that the UV system requires changes every 1Y.
Interval Filter BFP UV system Bufferfly valves

S-KIT FILT S-KIT BFP S-KIT UV-SYS
2.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
5 years 5Y 5Y 2.5Y SOLENOID
7.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
12.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
17.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
22.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
27.5 years 2.5Y 2.5Y 2.5Y
Table 6.9 S-KIT names vs interval matrix
NOTE
In addition to the intervals in the table "S-KIT names vs interval matrix" above
6.6.3 Recommended spares on board

Optimarin recommends to keep a stock of UV lamps and quartz glasses on board. The amounts of lamps
and glasses are depending on how many UV chambers installed on the system. Please see the table below.
No. of chambers Recommended Recommended

(flow) no. of UV lamps no. of quartz glass kits
1 (167 m³/h) 1 1
No. of chambers Recommended Recommended
(flow) no. of UV lamps no. of quartz glass kits
2 (334 m³/h) 1 1
3 (500 m³/h) 1 1
Table 6.10 Recommended spares on board
For other spare parts, we refer to the 1Y 2.5Y, 5Y and 10Y service kits. "Recommended/planned main-
tenance" on page 212.
6.7 Maintenance instructions
This chapter describes how to perform the maintenance advised in "Recommended/planned maintenance"
on page 212.
6.7.1 Maintenance instructional videos

For Optimarin instructional maintenance videos, visit our website (optimarin.com), or scan the below QR
code:
Figure 6.8 Maintenance QR code
6.7.2 Visual inspection

Every month we recommend to do external visual inspection of several parts of the OBS.
CAUTION!
• Glass breaking during manual handling
• Mercury exposure in the event of lamp fracture
Component Visual inspection
Filter • Damage/corrosion to filter body and painting

• Differential pressure indicator (DPI), also observe during operation
• Leakages; gear unit, main connection and tubing for the DPI
• Condition of all screw connections and whether they are firmly
tightened
• Visual inspection of Ex temperatur sticker for gear unit, ref "Inspection
of temperature sticker" on page 232
• Avoid dust build up and restriction in motor air flow, clean with
wet/damp cloth as required
• No unusual noise or vibration from gear unit when running
Back Flush Pump [BFP01] • Damage/corrosion to the pump housing and motor
• Leakages; both on main connections, tubing for gauges and plugs
• Check during operation:
– Flow rate according to specification (stated at drawing in appendix)
– No unusual noise or vibration
– Normal suction and discharge pressures
• Free space and unrestricted airflow around motor

• Avoid dust build up, clean with wet/damp cloth as required
UV system • Damage/corrosion to UV chambers and manifolds

• Leakages from main connections and plugs
Flowmeter [FM01] • Damage/corrosion to the instrument body and painting

• Check flowmeter reading at display. Must be 0m³/h during "System
standby"
Flow Pressure Valve [FPV01] • Damage/corrosion to the valve body and painting
Butterfly valves • Damage/corrosion to the valve body and painting

• Air leakage from solenoid/actuator
All electrical cabinets • Damage/scratches to the cabinet and painting

• Potential water intrusion
Lamp Connection Boxes • Clean with wet clean cloth only

• Inspect for mechanical damages
• Verify warning sticker on lid to be readable
Ex components general • Damage/corrosion to the equipment and cable glands

• No dust build up, clean with wet clean cloth as required
• Covers, glands and blanking elements are correctly mounted
• PE bonding connected
Ex d equipment: • Damage/corrosion to the equipment and cable glands
– Ex d pressure trans- • No dust build up, clean with wet clean cloth as required
mitter (PT01) • Covers secured with locking bolt glands and blanking elements are cor-
rectly mounted
• PE bonding connected
• Check for water leakages
Table 6.11 Visual inspection
6.7.3 Filter
6.7.3.1 Maintenance
Optimarin recommends performing the following maintenance to the filter on regular basic:
Interval What to be done
6 months Check condition of the filtering element
Check for corrosion
Check status of sacrificial anode
2.5 year Replace parts according to S-KIT FILT 2.5Y
5 years Replace parts according to S-KIT FILT 5Y
10 years Replace parts according to S-KIT FILT 10Y
Table 6.12 Filter maintenance intervals
For Optimarin part numbers on S-KITs, reference is made to the appendix. See the mechanical drawings
appended in the end of the Optimarin Installation manual (separate document).
Please use the next chapters as a guideline in the maintenance work.
6.7.3.1.1 Environmental conditions
Do not perform maintenance on the filter if the ambient temperature is above 40°C. The internal com-
ponents of the filter have different temperature expansion coefficients. Extracting filtering elements at high
temperatures may cause damage.
6.7.3.2 Special safety instructions
Risk of accidents from improper maintenance and servicing
Incorrect maintenance and servicing and failure to observe the listed safety instructions
can lead to accidents and material damage. Make sure of the following:
• Maintenance and servicing work must only be carried out by an Optimarin technician or
crew following the instructions / procedures written in this manual.
• When performing any work on the filter, always wear the appropriate safety equipment
and clothing
• Only use suitable lifting gear with sufficient load-bearing capacity
• Proceed with extreme caution when handling the loads
• Use lifting gear in such a way that the filter or the components do not become damaged
• Raise the filter or the components evenly. Avoid tilting.
• Do not stand underneath suspended loads. Do not work underneath suspended loads
• Only perform maintenance and servicing work when the filter is cooled, depressurised
and empty. Depending on the operating temperature, there may be a risk of burns
• Ensure the highest levels of cleanliness when opening the filter. No foreign substances,
e.g. tools, cleaning cloths, impurities etc., must be allowed to remain in the filter
• Visually inspect all seals during maintenance and replace them as necessary
• Clean all sealing surfaces thoroughly before assembly
• On completion of the maintenance work, re-fit all available safety equipment properly
• Filling the filter against the indicated direction of flow of the filter elements is not per-
mitted
• Remove the filter from service if the inspection periods (if indicated) have elapsed
• Filter elements are sensitive to pressure and impact. Always exercise extreme caution
when installing and removing the filter elements. Before installation, check all filter ele-
ments/seals and replace any damaged filter elements/seals as necessary
6.7.3.3 Cleaning agents
Risk of damage to the filter from incorrect use of cleaning agents
The components of the filter may become damaged if cleaning agents are used incorrectly.
The correct cleaning agent is selected in accordance with the type of medium being filtered
and the associated contamination.
• Optimarin recommends CLEAN 2000 TYPE BK cleaning agent.

• With liquid cleaning agents, ensure that after cleaning, the filter components are only
reinstalled when completely dry.
6.7.3.4 Special tools
The manufacturer provides the following special tools for the filter:
Hand winch for actuating the filter in case of mains power failure
Figure 6.9 Special tool
6.7.3.5 Maintenance intervals

Even automatic filters have to undergo regular checks and maintenance.
It is particularly important to note that the filter material on the filter elements may become blocked over
time despite regular backflushing. This depends largely on the quality of medium and the available partial
flow cleaning function. The soiling can be removed by cleaning the filter elements by hand using a suitable
cleaning agent. Descale any calcified filter elements.
NOTE
Optimarin recommends CLEAN 2000 TYPE BK cleaning agent.
You can tell that the filter elements are becoming increasingly blocked because the flushing intervals
become shorter and shorter.
The number of backflushing cycles is logged in the control system. Please see chapter "Operation data" on
page 108.
Risk of damage to the filter and the plant from damaged filter elements
If the flushing intervals suddenly become longer, this may indicate that the filter elements
are damaged.
• In such an event, check all filter elements for damage immediately. Replace any dam-
aged filter elements as necessary.
In order to make sure the filter continues to operate properly, observe the following points for main-
tenance (ref. chapter "Recommended/planned maintenance" on page 212)
• Regularly check:
– the differential pressure,
– the leak tightness of the filter, especially all connections and seals and
– the filter for corrosion and other damage and
– the condition of all screw connections and whether they are firmly tightened.
• Check the condition of the sacrificial anode (if fitted) at least 2x per year. Replace the sacrificial anode
when the zinc mass has worn in such a way that the carrier frame can be seen.
• Check the filters at least 2x per year for the following:

– the condition of all seals,
– the condition of the filter elements,
– the condition of the bearing and the bearing bush,
– the condition of all flushing bushes and
– the condition of the potential equalisation and its fastening.
Replace any damaged components.
• Check filters with an inner lining/coating for internal corrosion and any material abrasion caused by
medium contamination each time you open the filter element or at least 1x annually. Optimarin has to
be consulted in event damaged surfaces have to be repaired. The contact data for the respective
national subsidiary can be found in the appendix of the operating instructions.
• Replace all seals when overhauling the filter
NOTE
The filter element is subject to wear from two-way strain. It is therefore included in the 10
year recommended service replacement kit (S-KIT) for the filter.
NOTE
The filter is a pressure vessel and requires checking according to local regulations and rules.
6.7.3.6 Inspection of temperature sticker

The temperature sticker is affixed next to oil level screw and must be inspected according to maintenance
the schedule. The sticker centre dot will change color from white to black if temperature has been too high.
If indicator has turned black gear unit must not be operated.
Warning!
Stop using the equipment and contact Optimarin for instructions if centre dot is black.
6.7.3.7 Filter gear unit oil level
The oil levels must be checked when filter gear motor is isolated and gear has cooled down.
Oil temperature should be in range of 20-40°C.
1. Isolate motor filter gear motor in Filter Con-

trolpanel (+FC)
2. Remove the oil level screw.
3. Check the oil level using the supplied dip stick.

Minimum oil level is 4 mm below the lower edge
of the oil level screw hole
4. If refilling is required, use a suitable filling device

and fill same oil type through oil level hole until
oil emerges from the oil level hole
Figure 6.10 Oil level measurement with dipstick
5. If oil has been drained, the oil drain screw must
be cleaned and secured from loosening with
adhesive e.g. Loctite 242
Figure 6.12 Oil level screw and Ex temperature mon-
itoring sticker
Figure 6.11 Oil drain and venting
6.7.3.8 Checking filter gear coupling

The coupling between the filter gear motor and the gear need to inspected according to the maintenance
schedule.
6. Isolate and secure the filter gear motor against acci-

dental energizing
7. Secure the filter gear motor from falling over
8. Remove the fastening bolts around the flange
9. Lift off the gear motor
10.Measure the wear on the coupling. If value of X

exceed 0,8 mm (wear limit value), replacing the coup-
ling is required.
Figure 6.13 Fastening bolts for motor on adapter-

/coupling housing
11.If replaced, coupling secured with threaded pin must
be secured against loosening with Loctite 242 or sim-
ilar.
12.It is recommended that the flanges between gear/ad-

apter and motor must are completely coated with
Loctite 574 prior to mounting to ensure sealing.
6.7.3.9 Shaft sealing ring

If a measurable oil leak occurs from the gear unit on top of the filter, the shaft sealing rings might need to
be replaced.
The gear unit will need to be removed from the filter and the seal around the shaft need to be inspected. If
replaced the space between the sealing lip and the protective lip must be filled approximately 50% with
grease on filling (recommended grease PETAMO GHY 133N)
6.7.3.10 Cleaning and replacing filter elements
6.7.3.10.1Preparatory work
• Maintenance only to be done when the BWTS is in standby.

• Switch off the power to the FILTER CONTROL panel.
Risk of accidents due to power being switched on unintentionally
During maintenance accidents may be caused if the power is switched on unintentionally,

e.g. by starting up the drives or from expelled medium.
• Secure the main switch to prevent it from being switched on unintentionally, e.g. by
attaching a lock
• Ensure that all valves in/out of the filter are closed and that they cant be operated unintentionally.
Risk of accidents from expelled medium
Hot medium may be expelled when opening the vent.
• Proceed with extreme caution

• Wear the appropriate safety equipment and clothing
Leaks must be caught immediately. Make sure that expelled medium is disposed of properly
and in an environmentally friendly manner.
6.7.3.10.2Removing the filter insert
• Unscrew the cover screws (1).

• Lift off the cover(2).
• Lift the filter insert (3) out at the marked points (4).
NOTE
– Remove the seals at the bottom and top of the filter element.
– Do not set down the filter on the lower socket or on the flushing arm shaft.
1. Cover screws
2. Cover
3. Filter insert
4. Marking
5. Nut
Figure 6.14 Filter insert (example illustration)
6.7.3.10.3Removing the fine sieve cylinder
1. Plate
2. Nut
3. Screw
4. Plate
5. Flushing
device
6. Seal
7. Fine sieve
cylinder
8. Seal
9. Socket
10.Shaft
spring
11.Screw
12.Socket
13.Socket
14.Seal
15.Seal
16.Nut
Figure 6.15 Removing the fine sieve cylinder
• Loosen the screws (11) at the lower bushing (12) and remove the bush-
ings (9 + 12) and the shaft spring (10).
• Loosen and remove the screw with the associated nut (3 + 16).
• Remove the plate (1).
• Loosen the nuts (2) at the upper plate (4) of the filter element and
remove the plate (4).
• Remove the seal (6).
• Lift the flushing device (5) upwards out of the filter insert.
• Pull the fine sieve cylinder (7) at the lifting eyes upwards out of the filter
element.
6.7.3.10.4Cleaning the filter insert with fine sieve cylinder
NOTE
Under normal operating conditions it is not necessary to clean the filter insert manually. The
automatic filter cleaning function keeps the pressure loss in the filter constant. If the pres-
sure loss increases above the permitted value, the filter elements need to be cleaned manu-
ally.
CAUTION!
Risk of damage to the filter insert from improper cleaning
If the filter insert is cleaned or handled improperly, the filter insert may become damaged.
Observe the following safety instructions:
– Proceed with extreme caution when performing all cleaning work.

– The soaking time in the CLEAN 2000 TYPE BK cleaning agent must not exceed 24
hours.
– The cleaning temperature when using the CLEAN 2000 TYPE BK cleaning agent must
not exceed 60 °C.
– When cleaning using a high-pressure cleaner, the pressure must not exceed a max-
imum of 60 bar. When cleaning using a high-pressure cleaner, keep a sufficient dis-
tance (at least 20 cm) from the surface of the filter material to prevent damage.
– Particles of dirt must not be allowed to enter the clean side of the filter element.
– Do not place the filter elements on top of each other as you may otherwise cause
damage.
• Remove the filter element.

• Remove loose particles which float on the top of the cleaning agent during the soaking stage.
• Clean the individual filter elements using a high-pressure cleaner over the entire length and in both dir-
ections. From the outside to the inside in the final working process.
• Then rinse out the filter elements in fresh cleaning agent.
• Allow the filter elements to dry with one opening pointing downwards or blow the filter elements dry
with compressed air.
• Remove any soiling from the other components of the filter element before inserting the filter insert.
6.7.3.10.5Installing the fine sieve cylinder
Please see exploded view in the chapter"Removing the fine sieve cylinder" on page 237.
• Check all filter elements and seals for damage. Replace any damaged filter elements or seals.
• Lubricate the seal (8).
• Place the fine sieve cylinder (7) into the filter element.
• Make sure that all seals are properly in place.
• Carefully push the fine sieve cylinder (7) into the lower seal (8).
• Insert the seal (6) into the upper groove.
• Lubricate the seal (6).
• Insert the flushing device (5) into the lower bushing (13) from above.
• Place the plate (4) and mount it with the washer and nut (2).
• Tighten the nuts (2) evenly, in a crosswise manner.
• Install the plate (1) and mount it with the screw (3) and associated nut (16).
• Tighten the nut (16).
• Lubricate the gasket in the bushing (12) before installation.
• Mount the bushing (9), the shaft spring (10) and the lower bushing (12).
• Affix these using the screws (11) (mount seals and washers).
• Mount the upper (15) and lower (14) seals on the filter insert.
• Make sure that the upper and lower seal (14 + 15) are properly seated at the filter insert.
NOTE
Mounting the lower seal
The countersunk screws on the bottom of the filter insert must be loosened by two rota-
tions. Now the seal can be mounted. Re-tighten the hexagon nuts.
6.7.3.10.6Installing and removing the orifice fitting
1. Orifice fit-
ting
Figure 6.16 Orifice fitting
• Remove the installed orifice fitting by pulling it out.
NOTE
– Lubricate the seals (for non-rubber version only) on the new orifice
or
– Lubricate the new bezel on the smallest outer diameter.
• Press in the new orifice fitting.

• Make sure that the seals are firmly in place (for non-rubber version only; otherwise, no seals are
installed here for the other versions).
6.7.3.11 Inspecting the optional sacrificial anode
NOTE
The sacrificial anode (3) is fastened to the inner side of the inspection opening cover (2).
• Remove the nuts on the inspection opening cover (2).

• Pull the inspection opening cover out of the housing along with the sacrificial anode (3).
• Inspect the condition of the sacrificial anode (3). The sacrificial anode (3) must be replaced when the
zinc mass has worn down enough for the carrier frame to be seen.
• Check the seal for damage. Replace any damaged seals.
• Place the inspection opening cover (2) in front of the inspection opening along with the inspected or
new sacrificial anode (3).
• Make sure that the seal is properly in place.
• Fasten the inspection opening cover (2) with nuts and tighten evenly crosswise.
1. Earthing connection
2. Inspection opening
cover
3. Sacrificial anode
Figure 6.17 Sacrificial anode (example illustration)
CAUTION!
Without the potential equalisation (top housing to bottom housing and cover), the anodic
protection does not work.
6.7.3.12 Manually backflushing the filter in the event of power failure
Risk of accidents caused by the filter starting back up
When the electrical power returns, the filter may start up again and the rotating move-
ment of the hand winch attached to the gear motor may injure you.
• Before manually actuating the filter, first switch off and isolate the main switch in +FC
(Filter Control)
• Before switching on again, remove the hand winch from the shaft end of the gear motor
Risk of accidents due to power being switched on unintentionally
When manual backflushing is being performed accidents may be caused if the power is
switched on unintentionally.
• Switch off the power
• Open the backflushing discharge valve on filters with
– a pneumatically or hydraulically actuated backflushing discharge valve by turning the emergency
actuation screw on the solenoid valve or
– an electrically actuated backflushing discharge valve - see further information on manual actuation
in the appendix to these operating instructions or in the manufacturer's documentation
• Attach the hand winch to the shaft end of the gear motor
• Carry out filter backflushing by turning the hand winch
Approximately 300 - 400 turns are required to completely backflush the filter depending on
the gear motor.
• As soon as the differential pressure has been reduced, remove the hand winch from the gear motor
• Close the backflushing discharge valve on filters with
– a pneumatically or hydraulically actuated backflushing discharge valve by turning the emergency

actuation screw on the solenoid valve back into the original position or
– an electrically actuated backflushing discharge valve - see further information on manual actuation
in the appendix to these operating instructions or in the manufacturer's documentation
• Switch on the power
6.7.3.13 Inspection and repair work on the differential pressure indicator
6.7.3.13.1Arrangement and operation
6.7.3.13.1.1Differential pressure indicator
1. Cover
2. Housing
3. Connection chamber
4. Sealing plate
5. Screw
6. Roller diaphragm
7. Piston
8. Spring
9. Seal
10.Display
11.Indicator dial
12.Adhesive label (switching pres-

sure)
Figure 6.18 Differential pressure indicator
6.7.3.13.1.2Arrangement and operation
A piston which is sealed with a roller diaphragm divides an area into two chambers which ate connected to
the filter inlet and filter outlet. The line from the filter inlet is connected to the sealing plate.
As the soiling increases, the differential pressure between the filter inlet and filter outlet also increases.
This causes the piston to press against the spring and shift in accordance with the extent of differential pres-
sure.
Magnetic transmission of force turns the display dial in accordance with the piston motion and red seg-
ments become visible in the windows of the display. If the display windows are completely filled with red,
the maximum differential pressure value has been reached.
The differential pressure levels at which the contacts are actuated are printed on the adhesive label.
6.7.3.13.2Maintenance work
6.7.3.13.2.1Required tools and consumables
To perform the work you only require standard tools.
CAUTION!
Risk of damage to the device due to use of unsuitable grease
The grease used for lubricating the moving parts must be matched to the medium.
6.7.3.13.2.2Replacing the roller diaphragm
For the following description it is assumed that the differential pressure indicator is separate; if necessary
the differential pressure indicator will first have to be detached from the other components/assembly
groups.
• Unfasten the screws on the side sealing plate.
• Remove the sealing plate.
• Remove the roller diaphragm and check the roller dia-
phragm for damage.
If the roller diaphragm is damaged, replace it with a new
part.
• Check that the optical display is fully functional. To do so,

press the piston down with your thumb and check whether
red fields become visible in the windows of the optical dis-
play.
• Remove the piston and spring.

• Clean the inside and check it for damage.
NOTE
Make sure that the spring can be clearly assigned to the device when reinstalling and make
sure there can be no mix up.
CAUTION!
The pressure display may be altered if other springs are used
Only the installed spring or an equivalent original spare part for the special type of dif-
ferential pressure indicator may be used.
If you use other springs, the pressure indicator, i.e. the switch points, will be altered.
Only replace a damaged spring with an original spare part.
NOTE
The operating pressure range may be changed by installing the respective spring. The scope
of delivery of the spring includes an adhesive label which has to be attached to the cover in
place of the previous adhesive label.
• Turn down the roller diaphragm. To do so, place the roller

diaphragm on a clean surface as shown and press the
middle of the diaphragm down with your finger.
Make sure the cross-shaped raised part of the roller dia-
phragm is in the correct position (see illustration).
• Lightly grease the spring, piston and roller diaphragm.
• Fit the roller diaphragm to the piston and inset the spring in
the piston.
• Install the parts in the differential pressure indicator hous-
ing.
The illustration opposite shows how the components should be

if installed correctly. The roller diaphragm protrudes slightly
from the housing.
• Place the sealing plate centrally on the roller diaphragm and
screw the sealing plate to the housing evenly.
The differential pressure indicator is now ready for use.
6.7.3.14 Remedying faults
In case of any faults or repairs which are not listed here, please contact Optimarin.
Fault Possible cause Remedy
Flushing performed High level of soiling in the medium Determine the cause of soiling in
often the plant
Filter elements blocked Change / clean the filter ele-

ments
The gear motor Flushing arm blocked Open the filter and remove the
does not turn cause of the blockage
No power supply Check the power supply
Controller is set incorrectly or is faulty Correct the setting or replace

the controller
Differential pres- Filter elements blocked Change / clean the filter ele-
sure will not reduce ments
Fresh water filling not completed Fill with fresh water during stand-
still
The pressure downstream of the filter is too low Set the pressure, increase the
or the backflushing quantity is too low backflushing quantity
Flushing valve does not open Check function / clean / replace
No differential pres- Shut-off valves in control line closed Open shut-off valves
sure indicator
Differential pressure monitoring system faulty Check/replace the differential
pressure monitoring system
Filter with pneumatically actuated flushing valve
The solenoid valve Shut-off valve in the supply line closed Open shut-off valve
does not activate
Control pressure too low Check / set the pressure

the controller
Filter with electrically actuated flushing valve
Flushing valve does No power supply Check the power supply

not switch
the controller
6.7.3.15 Disassembly and assembly instructions
6.7.3.15.1General safety instructions
6.7.3.15.1.1Proper use
The filter is constructed with stale-of-the-art technology and according to the recognized rules of safety.
However, use of the filter may result in risks to the life and limb of the user or third parties and/or damage
to the filter or other objects of material value.
Only use the filter if it is in a technically perfect condition and only use it properly: paying due attention to
safety and hazards, and in adherence to the operating instructions. It is particularly important to remedy
any faults (or have them remedied), which may compromise safely.
Tile filter is designed only for liquid media filtration. The filter is designed for installation in pipes. The type
of medium is sea-, fresh- or brackish water, and the limit values for operating pressure and temperature
(ref. Optimarin Installation manual (separate document)), must be adhered to. Any other type of use or use
going beyond this use, is regarded as improper use. The manufacturer/supplier shall not be liable for any
damage caused as a result of improper use. The user bears the sole risk.
Proper use includes observance of the operating instructions and adherence to the inspection and main-
tenance conditions.
Operationally safe function is only ensured if all the instructions, settings and performance limits for the fil-
ter, are adhered to.
6.7.3.15.1.2Obligations of the user/crew
• Always keep the operating instructions (this manual) at hand at the place of use of the filter.
• Adhere to general legal and other binding accident prevention regulations and environmental pro-
tection, and provide supplementary instructions in the operating instructions accordingly. This type of
obligation can apply to the handling of hazardous substances or the provision / wearing of personal
safety clothing and equipment, for instance.
• Supplement the operating instructions with your own instructions, including supervision and reporting
obligations for specific operational matters, e.g. with regard to organization of work, working sequences
and the appointed staff.
• Observe all existing safety instructions and hazard warnings on the filter.
• Keep all existing safety instructions and danger signs on the filter complete (in number) and in a legible
condition.
• Do not make modifications of any kind to the filter which may compromise safety, without the per-
mission of the manufacturer.
• The spare parts (S-KIT) which are used must comply with the technical requirements set out by Opti-
marin. This is always guaranteed by the use of original spare parts.
• The user is responsible for the selection of materials and the chemical resistance of the installed com-
ponents, internal linings and coatings. The user must specify the technical details when ordering the fil-
ter.
6.7.3.15.1.3Special safety notices
Pay attention to the following points:
• The filter must be assembled by qualified specialist staff or appropriately trained persons.
• Wear suitable protective clothing.
• Lifting gear must only be used by authorized and appropriately trained persons.
• Cordon off the working and load holding area to prevent access before lifting the load.
• Use only suitable lifting gear with sufficient load bearing capacity.
• Only attach lifting gear to the designated suspension points (if available).
• Handle loads with the utmost caution.
• Use lifting gear without damaging the filter.
• Lift the filter evenly. Avoid tilting.
• Do not stand underneath suspended loads. Do not carry out any work underneath suspended loads.
• Keep all limbs away from joints as there is a risk of crushing.
• The user must provide additional devices throughout the plant system in order to prevent the tem-
perature from exceeding the maximum temperatures and dropping below the minimum temperatures,
and to establish temperature compensation and pressure relief. Adhere to the permitted minimum and
maximum values for the operating temperatures and pressure values of the filter.
• The user must provide additional devices throughout the plant system in order to monitor the ambient
temperature of the filters.
• Lay a ground cable with a cross section of at least 10 mm2 as potential equalization for the filter.
Risk of accidents due to improper assembly
Improper assembly and failure to adhere to the safety notices can cause accidents or mater-
ial damage.
6.7.3.15.2Organizational measures
6.7.3.15.2.1General
• Comply with the respective national and international accident prevention regulations.
• Avoid direct contact with the surfaces. Depending on the operating temperature, there is a risk of
burns.
6.7.3.15.2.2Consumables
• Adhere to the environmental protection regulations. Make sure that the consumables are disposed of
properly and in an environmentally friendly manner.
6.7.3.15.2.3Filtered media
• When handling media which are to be filtered, make sure you follow the respective safety regulations
for the media.
6.7.3.15.2.4Cleaning agent
• When handling the cleaning agents (ref. chapter "Cleaning agents" on page 230), make sure you follow
the respective safely regulations for the cleaning agents.
6.7.3.15.3Tools and torques
6.7.3.15.3.1Required tools
Please keep the following tools available that will be required for the disassembly and assembly procedure
of the filter:
1. Open-end ratchet wrench
2. Allen key
3. Allen key
4. Torque wrench
5. Open-end wrench
6. Open-end wrench
Figure 6.19 Required tools
6.7.3.15.3.2Standard tightening torques for screws
Guidelines: screws are slightly oiled (µ = 0,12) and have to be tightened with a signal-generating torque
wrench (kA = 1,6)!
Thread Material In steel / GJS Notes
M5 4.8 2
M5 A4-70 3
M6 A4-70 5
M8 A4-70 15
(8 Nm) *
(12 Nm) **
Thread Material In steel / GJS Notes
M10 A4-70 30
(25 Nm) *
(26 Nm) **
(32 Nm) ***
M12 X5CrNi18-10 10 (Pos. 62)
M12 A4-70 50
(44 Nm) **
M16 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 10 (Pos. 62)
M16 A4-70 115 #

(80 Nm) **
M20 X5CrNi18-10 10 (Pos. 62)
M20 A4-70 135 #
M24 A4-70 250 #
M30 A4-70 285 #
R1/8 Stainless steel 10
G1/4 Stainless steel 20
G1/2 Stainless steel 70
G3/4 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 110
Table 6.13 Torques
Attention filter element:
For installation of the filter element counter-sunk bolts M10, M12 and M16 (item 130 /
item 160) and the bush bolt M8 (item 150), the tightening torque values marked * (…) must
be used!
Figure 6.20 Filter candle insert
Attention flushing arm:
For installation of the flushing arm clamping bolts M10, M12 and M16 (item 230) and M8
(item 231/232) the tightening torque values marked ** (…) must be used!
Figure 6.21 Flushing arm
Attention three-hole flanges:
For mounting the three-hole flange screw M10 use tightening torque marked with ***
Figure 6.22 Three-hole flange
Attention air-hydraulic wrench:
An air-hydraulic impact wrench may be used for tightening torques marked with #
Attention bolt 1001:
The shear bolt (Pos. 1001) is tightened as long until the bolt head shears off caused by over-
load.
Figure 6.23 DPI and filter sign plate
Attention glue:
Stud bolts have to be glued (Loctite 243) in and tightened up to threaded end!
It must be ensured that the specified tightening torque (see table) is not exceeded! For the
nut, the specified tightening torque of the stud bolt should be used.
Attention securing:
During assembly the components need to be secured by suitable devices to prevent slipping
and twisting.
6.7.3.15.4Disassembly procedure
Disassembly procedure has to be carried out as follows:
1. Open the vent valve (1) to depressurize the filter.
Figure 6.24 Filter disassembly
2. Open the Stopcock or plug(1) to drain the filter.
3. Unfasten the bolts (2) of the gear motor (1).
4. Remove the gear motor and store it in a clean, dry place.
5. Disconnect the cable for the ground connection (1) at the bolt (2).
6. Attach the cover (2) to suitable lifting equipment by the fastening lugs (4).
7. Unscrew all the bolts (1) from the cover.
8. Lift the cover from the filter housing (5) and set it down in a clean, dry place.
9. Attach the filter element (1) to suitable lifting equipment (2).
10.Lift the filter element from the filter housing.
11.Remove the upper seal (1)
12.Unfasten the bolts (1) of the sealing ring (2).
13.Remove the lower seal (1).
14.Set the filter element(1) down horizontally in a clean and dry place.
15.Secure the filter element to prevent it from rolling away.
16.Unfasten the bolts (3) and remove the two bushes (2+3)..
17.Unfasten the bolts (2) and remove the spring plate.
18.Unfasten the bolt (2) and remove the coupling (1).
19.Unfasten the bolts (3).
20.Remove the plate (2) and the bush (1).
21.Carefully pull the flushing device (1) from the filter element (2).
22.The filter is now completely disassembled
6.7.3.15.5Assembly procedure
Assembly procedure has to be carried out as follows:
1. Set the filter element down horizontally in a clean and dry assembly area.
2. Secure the filter element to prevent it from rolling away.
3. Insert the ring (1) into the opening on the underside of the filter housing.
4. Push the flushing device (3) forwards from the other side with the long shaft, into the filter housing and
through the ring.
Figure 6.39 Filter assembly
5. Push the bush with the spring (2) onto the shaft as far as it will go..
6. Press the bush (1) onto the spring in the bush (2).
7. Firmly tighten both bolts (3).
8. Check whether the ring (1) rests on the shaft on the top of the filter insert.
9. Place the plate (1) on the filter housing (2)
10.Push the outer ring (1) onto the shaft (2).
11.Tighten the bolts (1) in a diagonal sequence.
12.Fasten the flange (2) with the bolt (1).
13.Fasten the spring plate (2) with the bolts (1).
14.Attach the filter element (1) to suitable lifting equipment.
15.Insert the seal.
16.Brush the seal (1) from the outside with suitable grease (e.g. ELKALUB GLS 867).
17.Tighten the bolts (1) of the sealing ring (2).
18.Brush the upper seal on both sides with suitable grease (e.g. ELKALUB GLS 867).
19.Insert the seal.
20.Brush the sealing surface (3) from with suitable grease (e.g. ELKALUB GLS 867).
21.Slowly insert the filter element (2) into the filter housing (1).
ATTENTION
Prevent contact between the installed parts of the filter and the filter tank.
Make sure that the internal lining of the filter does not become damaged.
NOTE
When inserting, make sure that no bar of the filter insert (1) is positioned centrally in front
of the opening.
22.Attach the cover (2) to suitable lifting equipment (3).
23.Set the cover down so that it fits on the filter housing (5).
24.Insert all the bolts (1) and fasten the bolts with nuts.
25.Tighten the bolt (1) on the cable of the ground connection (2).
26.Place the gear motor (1) on the filter housing.
27.Insert the information sign with the two bolts (2).
28.Tighten all 4 bolts.
ATTENTION
Damage to the filter element
Adhere to the notice.
NOTE
When putting on the motor, make sure that the mount (2) is positioned correctly to the
coupling (1).
29.The filter has now been fully assembled.
6.7.4 UV system
CAUTION BE AWARE OF POTENTIAL!
• Glass breaking during manual handling
• High Voltage when working in UV system
• Ignition sources in explosive atmospheres
• Mercury exposure in the event of lamp fracture
• UV-radiation exposure to personnel if UV-lamp is ignited
6.7.4.1 Cleaning/replacing the quartz glass

The quartz glass must be cleaned annually and replaced every 2.5 years. Always replace the following parts
when replacing the quartz glass (all parts of the S-KIT UV-SYS 2.5Y EX):
• Inner and outer o-rings (4 pcs, 2 on each side)

• Backup rings (2 pcs, 1 on each side)
• Neoprene gaskets (4 pcs, 2 on each side)
• Ex plugs (2 pcs, 1 on each side)
• Glands for Ex plugs (2 pcs, 1 on each side)
• Spring rings for Ex plugs (4 pcs, 2 on each side)
Remember one S-KIT pr. UV chamber!
Figure 6.59 UV chamber interiors, exploded view
1. Isolate and drain the UV chamber by closing the butterfly valves and open the drain plug located at the
bottom of the UV chamber. Normally it’s also possible to drain all the UV chambers and manifold by a
common drain valve at one of the manifolds
2. Ensure that the surrounding area does not have an explosive atmosphere before starting opening to UV-
system. Measure the atmosphere continuously while working or equivalent safety measures
3. Disconnect and remove the UV lamp as described in chapter "Replacing/removing the UV lamps" on the
next page
4. Remove the backup plates and the neoprene gaskets
5. Remove the backup rings and the outer o-rings
6. Put the installation rod through the quartz glass to support the glass during removal and reinsertion
7. Fit the quartz glass removal tool and loosen the quartz glass from the inner o-rings by screwing the
removal tool inward to push the quartz glass into the chamber
8. Once the glass is loose, pull it out of the chamber assisted by the installation rod
9. Remove the inner o-rings
10.Clean the o-ring grooves at both ends and verify that sealing surfaces are clean
11.If quartz glass is to be reused:

Clean the quartz glass with isopropanol, or liquid soap, and clean with a cloth. Ensure that all stains and
marks are removed and that the quartz glass is in no way damaged
12.In the event of damage, replace the quartz glass kit (quartz glass OD40 L1600 kit ex type ext).
13.If quartz glass is to be replaced:

Only quartz glass and Ex plugs with same serial number are to be used together. Check serial number on
glass and plugs. Place serial number sticker inside the main lamp connection box.
Figure 6.60 Serial number sticker
14.Replace or clean the inner o-rings and apply lubricant
15.Carefully insert the quartz glass over the installation rod taking care not to disrupt/damage the o-rings
16.Carefully remove the installation rod
17.Replace or reinsert the outer o-rings
18.Install the backup rings towards the outer o-rings
19.Install the neoprene gaskets and the end flange
CAUTION!
To prevent fracturing the quartz glass, ensure

it's properly centered and no part sticking out-
side of the end flange (1)
NOTE
Please note that the ends of the quartz glass

are color coded (one end yellow and the oppos-
ite blue). The colors are to be used to pair the
correct Ex plug.
Tightening torque for backup plate bolts:

Figure 6.61 End flange mount and color coded
quartz glass
Maximum: 5 Nm
20.Ready to insert UV lamp.
6.7.4.2 Replacing/removing the UV lamps

The UV lamps must be replaced every 2.5 years or 1000 hours in operation - whatever comes first.
1. Ensure that all UV power cabinets are electrically isolated. Secure the main switches in off position with
personal padlock.
2. Leave the cabinets deenergized for minimum 15 minutes before continuing.
3. Ensure that the surrounding area does not have an explosive atmosphere before starting opening the
UV-system. Measure the atmosphere continuously while working or equivalent safety measures.
4. Open the connection boxes [+LBxx.x] for the actual UV chamber.
5. Check that the boxes is powerless with an appropriate meter (High Voltage up to 5kVAC ).
NB: Minimum safety distance for HV < 6kV is 400mm.
6. Disconnect the UV lamp cords in the connection boxes.
7. Untighten the cable glands for lamp cable.
8. Unscrew the bolts holding the UV chamber Ex plug. Use two of the screws to release the plug by using
the threaded holes in the plug. Pull the plug all the way out.
CAUTION!
If the quartz glass not to be replaced inspect the UV chamber Ex plug's. If any damage are
discovered the plug's cannot be reused. In that case bot the plug's and quartz glass has to
be replaced to obtain the explosive area protection!
9. Carefully remove the UV lamp from the quartz glass, supporting the lamp at all times.
If the lamp are to be reused:

Please use cotton gloves and prevent getting finger stains when handling the lamp!
10.Note down the serial number of the new UV lamp. Can be found engraved on the lamp end as well as
on the original packing.
Figure 6.62 Serial number of UV lamp. Only for illustration, the actual lamp and packaging might differ from the image above
11.Insert the UV lamp.

Reused lamp: use cotton gloves to reinsert the old UV lamp into the quartz glass.
New lamp: slide the UV lamp out directly from the plastic wrapping into the quartz glass without touch-
ing the glass on the lamp.
CAUTION!
Getting finger stains on the UV lamp will dramatically decrease the lifetime of the UV lamp.
A good practice when extracting or installing lamps is to:
– remove the spring at one end of the lamp, and insert it in one end of the UV chamber.
– by using the centering tool (blue), slide the

lamp all the way through the quartz glass and
reinstall the spring.
(the centering tool will apply a evenly dis-
tributed circular force on the backside of the
lamp socket.)
– when the spring is reinstalled, push the

UV lamp back into the UV chamber until
the lamp type marker on the centering tool is
flush with the edge of the quartz glass.
– ensure that the lamp is in center of the chamber, measure both sides.
NOTE
The lamp type marker to use during lamp centering, depends on the supplied lamp type.
12.Verify serial number on Ex plugs to be identical
with quartz glass serial number (located on
sticker inside main lamp connection box). Only
plugs and glass with identical serial number to
be used together. Please note that the Ex
plugs are color coded (blue and yellow) and
must be paired with the corresponding color
on the quartz glass ends.
13.Place the neoprene gaskets

14.Guide the lamp cable trough gasket and Ex
plug and carefully slide the plug into the
quartz glass. Pay close attention to the color
pairing between the Ex plug and the quartz Figure 6.63 Ex plug install
glass ends.
15.Fasten the four M6x20 bolts and tighten them
firmly cross wise with a minimum torque of 5
Nm and tighten the cable gland with a min-
imum torque of 7 Nm
16.Connect lamp cords in the connection boxes [+LBxx.x].
CAUTION!
Never make pig tails or loops with any cables inside the lamp connection box as this will cre-
ate huge amounts of inducted heat!
Figure 6.64 Lamp Connection Box with illegal pig tail
17.Close the connection boxes.
18.Write down the lamp ID at the Touch Panel. Please see chapter " Change lamps" on page 132.
Just click "No" in the popup window if the lamp is being reused.
UV lamps contain small amounts of mercury and it should be disposed of with suitable pre-
cautions in accordance with any current legislation for the country/ area of disposal.
6.7.4.3 Installation/replacement/cleaning of the UV intensity sensor and measuring

window
The measuring window must be cleaned annually and both the window and the UV intensity sensor must
be replaced every 2.5 years. The parts are part of the S-KIT UV-SYS 2.5Y.
valve at one of the manifolds
2. Disconnect the M12 plugged cable at the UV intensity sensor
3. Remove the nut and the sensor placing them at a safe location (free from dust or other pollution)
4. Unscrew the UV measuring window
5. Replace the window and sensor (2.5Y) or clean the quartz windows with isopropanol and non flossing
cloth (annually). Ensure that all stains and marks are removed and that the quartz is in no way damaged.
6. Clean the threads and verify that sealing surfaces are clean
Assemble all parts in the opposite direction. Take precautions to avoid damages to the quartz window dur-
ing installation.
Figure 6.65 UV intensity sensor, exploded and assembled view
6.7.4.4 Cleaning of the measuring window
Important
Ensure that the UV power cabinet is electrically isolated.
Secure the main switch in off position with personal padlock.
Leave the cabinet deenergized for minimum 15 minutes before disconnecting any cables.
valve at one of the manifolds
2. Remove the cable from the UV intensity sensor, ref. figure "UV intensity sensor, exploded and
assembled view" on page 279
3. Remove the nut from the UV measuring window
4. Remove the UV intensity sensor
5. Loosen the UV measuring window and clean the quarts glass. Use isopropanol on a cloth.
6. Re-install the UV measuring window, UV intensity sensor, nut and cable
SAFETY: Never remove the UV intensity sensor when the UV lamp is on! When the
sensor is removed always cover the sensor access thoroughly.
6.7.4.5 Check marine growth and clean UV chamber

It is required to check for marine growth inside the UV chambers every 2.5 years. This is to ensure even dis-
tribution of water through the UV system.
NOTE
The following procedure may be done together with the 2.5 year quartz glass clean-
ing/exchange procedure. Please see chapter "Cleaning/replacing the quartz glass" on
page 273.
When the quartz glass is removed from the UV chamber, please:
1. Use a flashlight to examine the UV chamber interior for marine growth
2. If growth is detected, please use a high pressure cleaner with pipe cleaning nozzle to remove all growth
3. Continue with the procedure for insertion of the quartz glass
6.7.4.6 Corrosion/erosion check

The UV chambers and manifolds must be thoroughly checked for corrosion and erosion annually. Every five
years a random UV chamber must be dismantled for internal check.
1. Remove UV lamp and quartz glass as
described in chapter "Clean-
ing/replacing the quartz glass" on page
273 and "Replacing/removing the UV
lamps" on page 275
2. Disconnect high voltage cable from UV

power cabinet inside main lamp con-
nection box
3. Remove sensors (UV and temperature)
4. Remove the chamber and inspect

internally for corrosion
CAUTION! Figure 6.66 UV system, assembly principle drawing
The UV chamber weights

just over 60 kg. Appro-
priate lifting equipment
must be used.
Be aware that the

UV chamber valves are of
wafer type. The valve will
loosen when dismantling.
6.7.5 FPV
• Hand injuries (crush/pinch/cuts)
• Heavy lifts
• Accidental operation of valve(s)
• Water spill/flooding
6.7.5.1 FPV Inspection

It is recommended to inspect the FPV01 (Flow Pressure Valve) annually. The actuator and valve are in prin-
ciple both maintenance free products. But yearly inspection might avoid unwanted downtime.
Inspection points:
l Visually inspect the surfaces of the equipment while checking for corrosion or external damage.
l Inspect the manual hand wheel cover gasket and manual operation shaft seal, they should be lub-
ricated. If they appear to be dry, re-apply a standard o-ring grease (e.g., MOLYKOTE 55 O-RING, or
Super Lube silicone lubricating compound)
l Run a Ballasting or De-ballasting sequence and verify stable and error-free flow control.
l Check grounding cables are intact and without damage.
Maintenance Precautions
l Do not use ammonia, alkaline cleaners, lye or strong acid for cleaning as this
can damage the protective anodized layer of the product surface.
l Do not use high pressure power washer directly on the actuators as the
product is not IP69K rated
l For cleaning purposes use organic solvents such as mild soap or deter-
gent,alcohol, acetone or MEK (methyl ethyl ketone).
6.7.6 Back Flush Pump
• Hand injuries (crush/pinch/cuts)
• Heavy lifts
• Live electric power terminals
6.7.6.1 Mechanical seals

Mechanical seals have functional leaks.
In the event of a larger leak: replace the mechanical seal and its auxiliary seals. Also for preventative main-
tenance it is recommended to replace the seal and o-ring/gasket every five years. These parts are included
in the S-KIT BFP 5Y.
6.7.6.2 Cleaning the pump
NOTE
High water pressure or spray water can damage bearings
Do not clean bearing areas with water or steam jet.
Clean large-scale grime from the pump.
6.7.6.3 Dismounting
Precautions for dismounting
• Pump unpressurized
• Pump completely empty, flushed and decontaminated
• Electrical connections isolated and motor secured against switch-on
• Pump cooled down
• Auxiliary systems shut down, unpressurized and emptied
• Manometer lines, manometer and fixtures dismounted
NOTE
In production, the pumps are constructed to a standard process. The slide-in unit can be
removed without removing the volute casing and piping.
1. When dismounting, observe the following:
– Mark the precise orientation and position of all components before dismounting.
– Dismantle components concentrically without canting.
2. Dismount the pump (→ see sectional drawing in Optimarin Installation manual (separate document)).
6.7.6.4 Removal of the flanged motor
1. Widening the stub shaft

– Unscrew the cheese head screw (1).
– Screw the cheese head screw into the stub shaft (2).
2. Remove the flanged motor
3. Be aware of the shaft key groove of the motor shaft (3).
Figure 6.67 Widening the stub shaft
6.7.6.5 Installing
The shaft key is not required for the installation.
Stub shaft, free from oil and grease.
Risk of injury due to heavy components!
Denotes a hazard with low risk which could cause light or medium physical injury or mater-
ial damages if not avoided.
Set down components safely and secure them against overturning or rolling away
Risk of injury during assembly!
Install spring-loaded components carefully (e.g. mechanical seal, tensioned bearing, valves
etc.), as components can be ejected by the spring tension.
Observe the manufacturer's specifications (e.g. for the motor, coupling, mechanical seal,
blocking pressure system, cardan shaft, drives, belt drive etc.).
Material damage due to unsuitable components!
Always replace lost or damaged screws with screws of the same strength.
Only replace seals with seals of the same material.
Material damage caused by knocks and bumps!
Do not knock or hit any components of the pump.
Reinstall the components concentrically, without canting, in accordance with the markings made.
1. Observe the following during the installation:

– Replace worn parts with genuine spare parts.
– Replace seals, inserting them so that they cannot rotate.
2. Clean all parts. Do not remove any prepared markings.
3. Install the pump (→ sectional drawing).
4. Install the pump in the system
6.7.6.6 Installation of the flanged motor
Tighten the jack screw with a screwdriver without applying any excessive force.
1. Widening the stub shaft:

– Screw the cheese head screw (M10 x 40 or M12 x 40 ISO 1207) into the stub shaft.
2. Install the flanged motor, while ensuring:

– The slot of the stub shaft is opposite to the shaft key groove of the motor shaft
– No shaft key is fitted
– The stub shaft is against the collar of the motor shaft
3. Undo and unscrew the jack screw. Screw in the cheese head screw and tighten it with a torque wrench
4. Install the safety equipment:

– Guard sheet for the motor bell housing
5. Install the auxiliary devices:

– Manometer lines and fixtures at the pump
– Auxiliary pipes
6. Turn the pump by hand:

– Ensure the pump can be turned without pressure points.
6.7.7 Optimarin Bypass Valve (OBV01)
• Pressurized air
• High Noise
6.7.7.1 Visual check

The integrity of the Optimarin Bypass Valve [OBV01] is extremely important for the final result of the treat-
ment of the ballast water. Leakages in this valve may result in contamination of the treated water.
Please remove the valve body from the

pipeline and check for damages / signs of
leakages at the following spots:
1. Corrosion / breakage / cracks on the

disc
2. Slack / leakages on the stem.
3. Rifts / deformation / damages to the

seat
The valve body has to be replaced on fail-

ure of any of the three items above.
Figure 6.68 Butterfly valve sectional view
6.7.8 Air release valve
• Pressurized air
1. Close the isolating valve under the valve base before servicing
2. Slowly turn the Cover (1) counterclockwise until pressure is released from the valve. Then continue by
turning until the Cover is removed from the Body (7)
3. While holding the Cover upside down, insert a finger behind the Clamping Stem (4), push it out and
remove
4. Carefully pull out the Float (5) with the attached Rolling Seal (3)
5. Wash the Cover, Float and Rolling Seal under running water, paying special attention to remove debris
from the double orifice inside the cover. Examine the Rolling Seal for cracks or tears. Replace if neces-
sary. Order no for replacement parts found on the GA drawing appended in the "Installation Manual".
6. Clean the Discharge Outlet (2) to remove debris
7. Return the Float with the attached Rolling Seal to its original position in the Cover and lock them into
place with the Clamping Stem
8. Examine the O-Ring (6) at the base of the Cover threads for cracks or tears. Replace if necessary
9. Insert the Cover into the Body and close tightly by turning clockwise until the O-Ring is no longer visible
10.Open the isolating valve after servicing
1. Cover
2. Discharge outlet
3. Rolling seal
4. Clamping stem
5. Float
6. O-ring
7. Body
Figure 6.69 Air release valve, sectional view
6.7.9 Instrumentation
6.7.9.1 Flowmeter
It is recommended that approx. once a year, remove the sensor from the pipe and clean the liner. Method
of cleaning consists of removing mechanical dirt and any non-conductive coating (like oil film, dirt etc.)
from the liner. A very dirty liner could cause inaccuracy of the measurement. Check mechanical state of the
liner.
6.7.10 Electrical system
• High Voltage when working in UV system
• UV-radiation exposure to personnel if UV-lamp is ignited
6.7.10.1 UV Power cabinets
6.7.10.1.1Re-tighten all HV terminals
Every six months it is very important to re-tighten all High Voltage (HV) terminals in the UV system. The ter-
minals are located inside the UV Power cabinets (+UVPxx) and Lamp Connection Boxes (+xx.x).
6.7.10.1.1.1Torque
Terminal Torque
UV Power cabinet 3.2 - 3.7 Nm
Lamp Connection Box 2.5 - 3 Nm
Table 6.14 Tightening torque
6.7.10.1.1.2Terminal locations
Figure 6.70 Terminal location inside UV Power cabinet
Figure 6.71 Terminal location inside Lamp Connection Box
6.7.10.1.2Cleaning and replacing filter mats
The filter mats inside the fan-and-filter units are to be cleaned every month. In addition they must be
replaced every 2.5 year.
To insert or replace the filter, proceed as follows (direction of airflow: drawing from outside and blowing
into the enclosure):
1. First press the catch of the louvred grill (Rittal
logo) up slightly with one finger
2. Once it is released, the louvred grille can be

dropped open by approx. 70° or 90°
3. Ensure that the open (roughened) side faces

towards the louvred grille
4. The filter mat can then be removed or inserted
5. Clean the filter mat with dry compressed air
6. Push the louvred grille back onto the enclosure

until it snaps audibly into position
Figure 6.72 Open filter unit
6.7.10.1.2.1Location of filter mat
The below illustrations show the location of the filter mats on the UV-power cabinet.
Figure 6.73 UV Power cabinet, filter mat location
6.7.10.1.3Replacement of fans
The internal fans of the UV Power cabinet is not a part of the OBS maintenance program. However, if
replacement is needed please see the below instruction.
External fan(s):
After removing AC-mains input power wait at least 1

minute before working on the fan. After 1 minute the
external fan can be easily removed, using a screw driver
after removal of fan connector in connection box. Opti-
marin part number (fan including plastic clips and con-
nector: 140444).
Figure 6.74 Loosing the fan
Internal fan:
At internal fan failure, the Lamp Driver will shut off.

After removing AC-mains input power wait at least 1
minute before working on the fan. After 1 minute the
internal fan cassette can be easily removed and removal
of fan connector in connection box. Remove 2 front
screws (red arrows). Move cassette slightly towards the
front and to the right (black arrows). Optimarin part
number (fan cassette: 137355).
Figure 6.75 Internal fan cassette
6.7.10.2 Grounding
Check ground connection on the following equipment every six months:
1. All electrical cabinets
2. The filter body
3. Motor (Filter gear motor, FGM01, and Back flush pump, BFP01)
4. Flowmeter
Grounding between the sensor and pipeline must be made to

ensure the correct operation of the flowmeter. The sensor is
equipped with screw connection for a ground wire. This screw has
to be connected to the flange on the pipeline (both in and out of the
flowmeter) as well as hull.
Figure 6.76 Grounding point on the flow-
meter
5. UV chamber
Make sure that at least one side of each UV chamber is properly

grounded. Check that the wire is fastened.
Figure 6.77 Grounding point on the UV

chamber
6. Ex instrumentation bonding (ref. wiring diagram)
6.7.11 Signal checks
6.7.11.1 Operate valves

All valves must be checked every six months.
Manually operated valves:
1. Operate the valve by turning the manual handle. Please note that the handle has a safety knob that
must be held in to operate.
2. The valve should be able to move 0% - 100% - 0% easily without using too much force.
Pneumatically operated valves:
1. The valve can be operated either from the
Touch panel (see "Popup windows" on page
95
2. The valve should operate smooth with a con-

stant movement
3. If the valve moves too fast/slow it can be

adjusted be screwing the exhaust dampers in
or out (in for slower movement and out for
faster
Figure 6.78 Solenoid with manual operation knob (1) and
4. If the valve seems to be a little stuck it closes
exhaust dampers (2)
too much and the butterfly disc is being forced
too far over the rubber seat.
6.7.11.2 Test safety switches

All safety switches must be tested every six months
1. Remote stop switches located at Control Panel [+CP] and Sensor Box 1 [+SB1].
Push in the button and verify that an alarm is generated in the control system.
Drag out all remote stop switches. Acknowledge the alarms at the Touch panel.
7 Alarm functions and troubleshooting 7
7 Alarm functions and troubleshooting

CAUTION!
Any alarm triggered by failures that may damage the treatment system will shut down the
BWTS and all valves will close! Operator should stop ballast pump(s) immediately. The sys-
tem by-pass (OBV01) can be operated from the touch panel, ship control or manual local
operation in case of emergency!
Alarm distribution onboard the vessel
The alarms in the system will be distributed on board the ship in the following matter:
OBS controlled only locally:

Audible and visible alarm will be given only in close vicinity of the OBS. The audible and visible alarm is con-
nected to the OBS control panel.
OBS controlled remotely:

Audible and visible alarm will be given in all stations where the ballasting operations and the OBS can be
started from.
7.1.1 Active alarms 295
7.1.2 Control system failure self-check facilities 295
7.3.1 Filter system 299
7.3.2 UV system 301
7.3.3 Valves 304
7.3.5 Control system and ship integration 311
7.1 Alarm functionality
7.1.1 Active alarms
All alarms except the ones listed below are active at all times while the control system is powered on. The
alarms will be triggered in stand by and operation mode as well as e.g. during calibration or repair.
7.1.1.1 Suppressed alarms when not in operation

The following alarms are suppressed when the system is not in operation (ballasting or deballasting):
• ID 400-403, FM01, Flow into UV chambers, high and low warning and alarm
• ID 405-408, PT01, Pressure before UV chambers, high and low warning and alarm
• ID 416, UV01, UV intensity at lamp 1, low warning
Please note that the corresponding sensor failure (4-20mA failure), ID 404, 409 and 417, are never sup-
pressed and will always sound an alarm on failure.
For detailed information on alarms and corresponding IDs, please see chapter "Alarm list and troubleshoot-
ing" on page 298.
7.1.2 Control system failure self-check facilities

The control system’s failure self –check facilities are explained in the following table:
Item Component / Monitoring / Alarm facility

System failure
1. Control system In case of hardware failure or power loss on the control system, a relay output
power failure will open and indicate an alarm at the remote system. Ref. "Ship integration
guide" chapter 1.2.2.2.10 in appendix.
All valves are fail-close preventing unintentional discharge of water.
2. Sensor/ loop fail- See detailed description in chapter 7.3.4 on page 307, ID 404.
ure
3. Actuator failure See detailed description in chapter 7.3.3 on page 304, ID 300.
4. Communication Same as item 1.

error
5. PLC hardware See detailed description in chapter 7.3.5 on page 311, ID 900.
failure
Table 7.1 Control system failure self-check
7.2 Alarm management
Figure 7.1 Alarm list
The alarm list can be displayed by clicking on the alarm list icon in the settings menu. It can also, at any
time, be displayed by clicking in the top right corner.
The first page contains all active (acknowledged and unacknowledged) alarms and warnings. Alarms will
always be on top of the list; warnings in bottom. Use the "Alarm history" button to review old alarms.
The alarms are displayed with five different background and text color codes:
Light red/black Unacknowledged alarm
Dark red/black Acknowledged but still active alarm
Dark green/black Alarm returned to normal
Orange/black Active warning
Light green/black Warning returned to normal
Table 7.2 Visual alarm code
Active alarms and warnings are displayed in all pages by symbols in the top right corner.
(Alarm symbol: and warning symbol: )
Acknowledge alarms
This will be disabled in remote mode, indicated with a REMOTE tag and button greyed out
Turn off audible alarms only. Does not acknowledge alarms
Click to display detailed alarm information. This opens a popup window with information and
hints on how the alarm occurred and how to solve.
Table 7.3 Functions in Alarm list
General alarm will initiate shut down of OBS all valves will close. Warning will allow con-
tinued operation of the system.
Alarms may be acknowledged locally in the alarm list or from ship’s control interface.
If one alarm is activated and acknowledged, a consecutive alarm will give new audio/visual
alarm.
Alarms will be listed with the newest on top of the list.
7.3 Alarm list and troubleshooting
The following alarm lists are divided in sub-parts of the system.
• Filter system (ID 100-199)

• UV system (ID 200-299)
• Valves (ID 300-399)
• Instrumentation (ID 400-499)
• Control system and ship integration (ID 900-999)
There is an ID attached to each alarm which is represented in the OBS log in case of a system shutdown.
The alarm type column indicates 'W' for warning, 'NSD' for non-shutdown alarm and 'SD' for shutdown
alarm. Several 'NSD' alarms will eventually result in an 'SD' alarm.
7.3.1 Filter system
ID Alarm text Help text / alarm solver Limit Delay Alarm

type
100 BFP01, Back The most probable cause is a tripped motor pro-
flush pump, feed- tector preventing the feedback signal into the sys-
back alarm from tem. This happens if the motor current (in one or
contactor several phases) is too high.
• Check that nothing is blocking the motors oper-

ation
• Restore the motor protector
• Restart the motor and observe that it is turning
as it should
Remember to operate local and log into chief engin-
eer level to operate manual!
If none of the above works, check the following:

N/A 2s SD
• The contactor operates as it should
• All three phases is connected to the motor
• The motors electrical connection is according to
the voltage (star-delta)
• Damaged motor
Electrical components located in the filter control

cabinet +FC
Motor protection Contactor Terminal block
FGM01 Q1 K1A/B X2:1-3
BFP01 Q2 K2 X3:1-3
type
102 DPS01, Dif- There is a continuous high differential pressure over

ferential pres- the filter. This is caused by filter self cleaning pro-
sure filter, back cedure not working.
flush fault
Execute a manual flush sequence and check:
• That a flush sequence is started. Flushing light on

filter control panel +FC illuminate.
• That the back pressure is at least x bar (con-
trolled by the FPV01) 0.38 bar 30 m SD
• Filter flush valve
• Filter gear motor turns/moves the cleaning shaft
• Filter back flush pump
• Local valves on filter in correct positions
• Valves in overboard flush line piping
If none of the above works, check filter screen.
103 DPS01, Dif- Same as ID 102

ferential pres-
0.5 bar 30 s SD
sure filter, HH
alarm
104 FGM01, Filter Same as ID 100

gear motor, feed-
N/A 2s SD
back alarm from
contactor
109 Filter warning, The filter is flushing continuously. This can be caused
continuous back by many factors: DP not
flush active low
• Check the back flush line all the way over board after
0s W
• The water is very dirty one
flush
• There are stuck particles on the filter that is hard cycle
to remove. Perform filter service.
type
110 Filter, No dif- There is no differential pressure build-up on the fil-

ferential pres- ter over a long period of time.
sure over a long
time interval • The sea water is VERY clean. Alarm can be
acknowledged
<0.38
• Check the functionality of the butterfly valves sur- 20 h W
bar
rounding the filter. They may not be in correct
position.
• The filter screen may be damaged! Check and
replace if necessary!
112 DPS01, Dif- Same as ID 102

ferential pres- Same as
10 s W
sure filter, HH ID 103
warning
Table 7.4 Alarms, filter system
7.3.2 UV system

type
201 UVL01, Warning: When replacing a UV lamp the serial no (ID)

Incorrect lamp ID must be entered into the Touch Panel.
entered
The ID can't:
• Be blank N/A 0s W
• The same as the previous
Info: the ID is laser engraved on one side of the

UV lamp.
202 UVL01, Warning: Check UV Lamp operation hours (max 1000h)

Lamp operation and date of installation (normal two year life
hours 90% cycle) 0s
N/A (900 h W
• Log into chief engineer level
oper.)
• Click on the UV lamp from UV overview to
see operational hours
type
205 UVP01, UV power 1, There is an internal alarm from one or several

alarm from UV drive of the UV power units. Use the 'Show detailed
data' to troubleshoot.
Each UV power cabinets consist of three units. N/A 0m NSD

Data from each unit (status and fault) are dis-
played in the 'detailed Modbus data'
troubleshooting tool.
206 UVP01, UV power 1, Same as ID 205

warning from UV N/A 0s W
drive
210 UVP01, UV power 1, • Switch of main switch UV power and check

feedback alarm from contacts at -K1 and -K02
contactor/interlock
• Check that the interlock loop has an closed
relay
contact
• Check input and output on I/O cards
N/A 3s NSD
• Check signal form the Ex interlock loop.
• Check the bimetal temperature switch on
the UV chamber. This switch will shut down
the main power supply in case of high tem-
perature.
211 UVP01, UV power 1, The lamp didn’t start after x attempts

general alarm from
UV power • Check UV lamp cool down. The lamp needs
approx. x sec. after last operation to cool
down. N/A 0s NSD
• Check UV lamp
• Change lamp if needed
213 UVP01, UV power 1, UV power control unit +UVPxx-U1 is mal- Power

high deviation functioning. Call for assistance. 30% out-
5m NSD
between power set- side set
point and readback point
214 UVP01, UV power 1, Same as ID 213 Power

deviation between 15% out-
5m W
power setpoint and side set
readback point
219 UVP01, UV power 1, Main power supply switch of the UV power cab-
main power supply inet is off N/A 0s W
switch is off
type
220 UVP01, UV power 1, There is a communication error between UV

Modbus com- power units and the Siemens Modbus com-
munication error munication unit.
• Check the Modbus wiring. Ref. electrical N/A 0s NSD

drawings
• Repower the cabinet
• Contact Optimarin service personnel!
222 UVP01, UV power 1, For some reason there are no rotation detected
rotation fault on cab- from the UV power cabinet cooling fans. Check:
inet fans
• Are the fans running?
Yes:
• Check that the correct input is illuminated in
the Siemens module. Ref. electrical drawings
• Check wiring between fan and Siemens mod-
ule N/A 0s NSD
• The rotation detector is probably damaged.
Fan needs to be replaced.
No:
• Check supply voltage
• Check if anything is blocking the fan
• The fan is probably damaged and must be
replaced
224 Maximum allowed The maximum number of UV chambers allowed

number of UV cham- before system shutdown has been exceeded
ber shutdowns dur-
ing operation • Check if other UV non-shutdown alarms can
exceeded be resolved to reduce the number of shut-
down UV chambers
N/A 0s SD
• Adjust the number of allowed UV chamber
shutdowns and work with reduced flow.
Make sure the ballast system runs accord-
ingly to the reduced flow to avoid high oper-
ating pressure.
Table 7.5 Alarms, UV system
7.3.3 Valves

type
300 FBV01, Filter Valve alarms are normally caused by lack of pressurized
bypass valve, air for operation or the position switches has not been
alarm during reached. Set the system into local mode and log into chief
closing engineer level. Try to open and close the valve manually
and check that:
• The solenoid valve is activated (can be tested with

magnetic tester)
• The valve moves towards correct position
• The position switch is activated and the correct input
is illuminated in the filter control panel. N/A 60 s SD
• Check pressurized air at valve present. (Normally 6-8

Bar required)
If none of the above works, turn off the main switch at
the filter control cabinet +FC, remove actuator and oper-
ate the valve manually.
• If the valve operate OK. Check or change the actuator.

• If not, isolate and drain the complete OBS system and
inspect valve.
301 FBV01, Filter Same as ID 300

bypass valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
opening
302 FFV01, Filter Same as ID 300

flush valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
closing
303 FFV01, Filter Same as ID 300

flush valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
opening
304 FIV01, Filter Same as ID 300

inlet valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
closing
type
305 FIV01, Filter Same as ID 300

inlet valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
opening
306 FOV01, Filter Same as ID 300

outlet valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
closing
307 FOV01, Filter Same as ID 300

outlet valve,
N/A 60 s SD
alarm during
opening
312 OBV01, Opti- Same as ID 300

marin bypass
N/A 60 s SD
valve, alarm
during closing
313 OBV01, Opti- Same as ID 300

marin bypass
valve, alarm N/A 60 s SD
during open-
ing
314 UVVxxA, UV Same as ID 300

chamber xx
N/A 60 s SD
valve, alarm
during closing
315 UVVxxA, UV Same as ID 300

chamber xx
during open-
ing
316 UVVxxB, UV Same as ID 300

chamber xx
N/A 60 s SD
valve, alarm
during closing
317 UVVxxB, UV Same as ID 300

chamber xx
during open-
ing
type
324 FBV01, Filter The filter bypass valve (FBV01) has lost its closed signal
bypass valve during treatment. This is either due to an electrical or
open during mechanical failure or a manual override of the valve.
N/A 0s SD
ballasting,
alarm • Check the valve
• Put the valve into automatic mode
326 OBV01, Opti- The Optimarin bypass valve has lost its closed signal dur-
marin bypass ing treatment. This is either due to an electrical or mech-
valve, not anical failure or a manual override of the valve.
N/A 2s SD
closed during
treatment • Check the valve
• Put the valve into automatic mode
328 All UV cham- All UV chambers are closed during operation or startup of
bers closed the system
N/A 15 s SD
during oper-
ation, alarm
Table 7.6 Alarms, valves
7.3.4 Instrumentation

type
400 FM01, Flow into The flow is controlled by the Flow Pressure
UV chambers, high valve, FPV01. Log into chief engineer level to
alarm operate the FPV01 manually and check: (The
valve needs water pressure to operate)
• Check valve “line-up” at ship side

• Check ballast pump
• Check filter status, it can be clogged
• Check that the electrical actuator 10% above
responds to manual set point changes automatic
120 s SD
given at the touch panel flow set
point
• Cables from sensor box +SB1 to FPV01
• Pollution at flowmeter sensor head
Remember:
• Check ballast pump, sea chest filter
(water inlet) and valves in the complete
“flow line”
• Check pressure OBS, if less than 0.3 bar
increase ballast pump speed
401 FM01, Flow into Same as ID 400 5% above

UV chambers, high automatic
90 s W
warning flow set
point
402 FM01, Flow into Same as ID 400 Ballast:

UV chambers, low No. of UV *
warning 10m³/h +
BFP cap. +
20% 30 s W
Deballast:
No. of UV *
10m³/h +
20%
403 FM01, Flow into Same as ID 400

No. of UV *
UV chambers, low 30 s SD
10m³/h
alarm
type
404 FM01, Flow into All analog sensors in the system use 4-20 mA
UV chambers, transmitters. The reason for a sensor failure
sensor failure could be:
• The current is out of range:

– <4mA indicates a wire break
– >20mA indicates a short circuit
– <4 or >20 mA could also indicate a
damaged sensor/transmitter
mA out of
• Damaged I/O card. 5s SD
range
– A working I/O card should provide
approx. 24VDC to the current loop
– A analog signal within 4-20 mA should
result in a valid value
If there is not approx. 24VDC between ter-

minals 1-2 and/or 5-6 on the analog input
module the I/O card is most probably dam-
aged. Replace card.
405 PT01, Pressure Pressure is measured between filter and UV

before UV cham- chambers and is controlled by the Flow Pres-
bers, high alarm sure valve, FPV01.
• Check valve “line-up” at ship side

• Check the valve(s) at UV chamber(s)
• Check the cable from pressure sensor to
filter control +FC
10 bar 30 s SD
Log into chief engineer level to operate the
FPV01 manually and check:
• That the electrical actuator responds to

manual set point changes given at the
touch panel
• Opening the FPV01 --> Lower pressure
• Closing the FPV01 --> Higher pressure
406 PT01, Pressure Same as ID 405

before UV cham- 9 bar 15 s W
bers, high warning
type
407 PT01, Pressure Same as ID 405 0.8 bar (bal-

before UV cham- last)
15 s W
bers, low warning 0.6 bar
(deballast)
408 PT01, Pressure Same as ID 405 0.7 bar (bal-

before UV cham- last)
30 s SD
bers, low alarm 0.5 bar
(deballast)
409 PT01, Pressure Same as ID 404

before UV cham- mA out of
5s SD
bers, sensor fail- range
ure
410 TT01, Tem- High temperature may be caused by no flow

perature UV cham- in UV chamber
ber 1, high alarm
• Check the flow
• Check UV chamber butterfly valves
• Check the sea water condition
• Check that the air ventilation valve for the 55°C 1s NSD
UV manifold is open
• Inspect air release valve
Low temperature may be caused extremely
cold sea water
• Check the sea water condition

411 TT01, Tem- Same as ID 410
perature UV cham-
50°C 2s W
ber 1, high
warning

perature UV cham- -2°C 2s W
ber 1, low warning

perature UV cham- -4°C 1s NSD
ber 1, low alarm

perature UV cham- mA out of
5s NSD
ber 1, sensor range
failure
type
416 UV01, UV intensity The UV intensity sensor measures values out-

at lamp 1, low side the limitations in the Type Approval Cer-
warning tificate!
WARNING:
The treated water may not be in com-
pliance and contingency measures must be
discussed with port regulators!
• Check sea water visibility. If poor visibility

15% below
the alarm is most likely relevant. UV-I value
• Check quartz glass and UV measuring win- calculated
10 s W
dow for coating - clean if necessary either for the cur-
manually or with the optional CIP unit rent meas-
ures flow
• Check UV lamp operation hours. (Change
lamp in case of more than 2,5 years/1000
hour operation.)
• Change to spare/different sensor and
compare results
WARNING:
Do not look at the UV light (or reflections)
during operation!
417 UV01, UV intensity Same as ID 404

mA out of
at lamp 1, sensor 5s NSD
range
failure
418 DP01, Filter dif- Same as ID 404

mA out of
ferential pressure, 5s SD
range
sensor failure
419 UV01, UV intensity Same as ID 416 Factory set-

at lamp 1, low tings:
alarm 0W/m² (Upon
vessel NSD
(may be set request)
upon vessel
request)
Table 7.7 Alarms, instrumentation
7.3.5 Control system and ship integration
ID Alarm text Help text / alarm solver Limit Delay Alarm type
900 Alarm: No con- The system has lost communication with the cabinet.
nection to... Check:
• The cabinet/box is powered up

• If connected to Profibus check:
– The Siemens ET 200S station is ON and no red
lights on SF and BF
– The first and last cabinet in the Profibus net-
work has activated the end resistor
– All other cabinets has deactivated the end res-
istor The DP address is set according to the
electrical diagrams
– All the modules in the ET 200S I/O node is NSD
working and no red lights on SF (for
UV power)
• If connected to Profinet check: N/A 0s
SD
– The Siemens ET 200SP station is ON and the (for the
diagnostics LEDs are not blinking rest)
– All the modules in the ET 200S I/O node is
working and properly locked in the base mod-
ule
– Profinet connection looks good, inspect that if
the LEDs at the connection is blinking indic-
ating that data transfer is present
– Check that the Profinet network connection
begins and ends at the PLC located in the Con-
trol Panel
A total overview of the DP/PN network is displayed

at the "System overview" page.
901 CP1, Control Remote stop is activated!

panel, remote
stop, alarm • Check the reason for remote stop activation
• Correct the problem N/A 0s SD
• Pull out the remote stop switch and acknowledge

the alarm
903 Overboard The Optimarin bypass valve is intentionally opened

open together together with the overboard line. Deballasting can be
N/A xs SD
with OBV01, done without treatment. The event is logged!
alarm
905 SB1, Sensor Same as ID 901

box 1, remote N/A 0s SD
stop, alarm
906 Sea chest The Optimarin bypass valve is intentionally opened

open together together with the sea chest. Ballasting can be done
N/A xs SD
with OBV01, without treatment. The event is logged!
alarm
907 Valve(s) out- One or more valves outside the OBS are set in a pos-
side OBS in ition causing an illegal bypass of the treatment sys-
N/A xs SD
bypass, alarm tem. Please restore the valves to correct position.
The event is logged!
909 Connection to Connection to ship automation system has timed out

ship auto-
mation sys- • Check that there is no DP connection error
tem, • Check connection bus to ship automation system N/A 0s SD
connection
lost alarm • Check that ship automation system software is
running
910 SD card not SD card is not detected in the panel SD card slot.
inserted in Make sure the an SD card is inserted in the DATA slot
panel. All log- (X51) at the back of this panel.
N/A 0s SD
ging oper-
ations
stopped
913 OBV01 open OBV01 open, indicating that Optimarin Ballast Sys-
alarm, OBS tem is bypassed. This is logged in the operation log as N/A 0s NSD
bypassed a MANUAL BYPASS
914 External External alarm from ship to OBS. One or several shut-
alarm, ship down conditions from the ship side prevents
external OBS from running. N/A 2s SD
alarm signal
shutdown
915 Ship valves Ship valves was aligned from/to tank during start up
to/from tank or shutdown of operation. This causes ballast water
during oper- to run through the system without being fully
N/A 10s SD
ation treated. Make sure water goes to/from tank when
start/stop OBS is fully operational.
alarm.
916 Waiting for System has been waiting for low flow for too long
low flow during shutdown of system. Make sure to turn the
N/A 300s SD
alarm ballast pump off when "Waiting for low flow" in
status indicator
Table 7.8 Alarms, control system and ship integration
Appendix 0
Appendix
A. Revision details
B. Training Certificate
C. UV-lamp safety data sheet
D. Material safety data sheet for Mercury
A Detailed revision comment 1
A Detailed revision comment

The table below is a supplementary to the main template revision in "Revision" on page 8. Compared to the
main revision comment, this table provides a more detailed explanation to each revision.
Template revision
Rev. Description Date Assembled by Checked by Approved By
8 Lamp connection box: 16 May GGr IRi KSH

Redesign chamber end enclos- 2022
ure. New description of
UV system, all images of
UV system updated, new oper-
ation, installation, safety and
maintenance instructions.
Ex d: New EX solution for the

UV system with an explosion
proof Lamp connection box at
each end of the chamber. New
operation, installation, safety
and maintenance instructions.
New smaller ETA+ UV power

cabinet: Installation, safety
and maintenance instructions
for new smaller UV power cab-
inet from ETA+
New flowmeter
Endress+Hauser: Installation,
safety and maintenance
instructions for new flowmeter
type from Endress+Hauser.
Other minor updates:
Added: 1.5.3, 3.2.2.6, 4.2.6.2.3,

Updated:3.2.2.5, 3.3.4.2,
3.2.4.4, 4.3, 5.4
B UV-lamp safety data sheet 1
B UV-lamp safety data sheet
*** MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET ***
MERCURY UV BULBS
DATE OF PREP: 3/1/03
SECTION 1 - IDENTIFICATION OF SUBSTANCE AND COMPANY
Product Name: UV Bulbs

Chemical Name: Intact Sealed Article, Mercury; Metallic Mercury; Quicksilver
Distributor: UV PROCESS SUPPLY

Address: 1229 W. CORTLAND
CHICAGO, IL 60614-4805
Telephone #: 773-248-0099
Emergency Phone Numbers: 800-321-2881

800-424-9300
SECTION 2 - INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Hazardous and regulated components *
CAS Wt Component Exposure Limits

14808-60-7 Quartz glass N.A.
7439-97-6 .5 - 2gm Mercury (Vapor) .05 mg/m3 TWA
Ultraviolet radiation - 8 hour TWA is .1 microwatt per centimeter squared.
UV bulbs are sealed articles and are exempt from the HazCom requirement of OSHA.
SECTION 3 - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Effects of Overexposure:
EYES: Conjunctivitis from overexposure to the light source; eye irritation from inhalation of ozone.
SKIN: Erythema (sunburn) which may be exaggerated with the use of sensitizing pharmaceutical and herbal
products.
INHALATION: none from bulb; inhalation of ozone may irritate the nose or cause headache and nausea.
ORAL: none from bulb; inhalation of ozone may irritate the throat.
SECTION 4 - FIRST AID MEASURES
Skin: conjunctivitis
Eyes: welders flash treatment
Inhalation: No first aid should be needed due to ultraviolet exposure.
Ingestion: No first aid should be needed due to ultraviolet exposure.
Comments: Additional hazards may be created from exposure to the coating.
Effects of overexposure to skin and eyes usually disappear in 48 hours. Some individuals may have an abnormally
increased sensitivity to the effects of UV light. This may be the result of a sensitizing chemical or prescribed drug.
UV Process Supply, Inc. 1 773-248-0099 • 800-621-1296 • 888-UVLAMPS™

1229 W. Cortland St. FAX 773-880-6647 • 800-99FAXUV™
Chicago, IL 60614-4805 www.uvprocess.com • email: info@uvps.com
Copyright © 2003 UV Process Supply, Inc
MERCURY UV BULBS
Sensitization will result in an exaggerated sunburn response. Further occupational exposure to UV should be limited and
the individual should be referred to a physician.
SECTION 5 - EXPLOSION AND FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Flash Point: NA
Extinguishing Media: NA
Special Fire Fighting Procedures: NA
Unusual and Explosion Hazards: None known
Hazardous Decomposition Products: None known
SECTION 6 - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE / SPILL PROCEDURES
Steps to be taken in case material is released or spilled:
Broken bulbs should be placed in a sealed container and handled/disposed as hazardous waste.
SECTION 7 - HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling: A small amount of mercury is contained in the quartz tube of UV lamps. Due to the toxicity of mercury, bulbs
should be handled so that breakage is minimized.
Storage: Scrap bulbs may be stored for one year before being shipped for recycling.
SECTION 8 - EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Engineering Controls: Install bulbs following manufacturer’s guidance. Operators should be trained to fully understand
the recommended operating and safety procedures. Ozone generated by the process requires negative pressure
exhaust.
Personal Protective Equipment for Routine Handling:

Safety glasses with side shield with protection against ultraviolet light. Contact lenses should not be worn. Barrier
creams or polyethylene skin protection are recommended. Industrial processes must be evaluated for additional
safeguards.
SECTION 9 - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical form: solid

Color: clear
Odor: none
Specific Gravity @25C: n/a
Viscosity: n/a
Freezing/Melting Point: n/a
Boiling Point: n/a
Vapor Pressure @25C: n/a
MERCURY UV BULBS
Solubility in Water: insoluble

PH: n/a
Volatile content: n/a
Note: Bulb surfaces are hot.
SECTION 10 - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability: Bulbs are stable

Conditions to avoid: Photosensitizing agents
Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur.
Incompatible materials: None
SECTION 11 - TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicology Data for Product:

No data available.
SECTION 12 - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Environmental Fate and Distribution:

No data available.
SECTION 13 - DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Waste Disposal Methods:

Used bulbs should be handled/disposed in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. Bulbs may be returned
to UV Process Supply for recycling.
RCRA / Universal Waste:

Bulbs that are not recycled must be handled/disposed in accordance with RCRA regulations. Each state has specific
regulations that apply to the management of spent bulbs. Bulb recycling must be in accordance with the Universal Waste
rule.
SECTION 14 - TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION
DOT Shipping Name - Not Regulated
SECTION 15 - REGULATORY INFORMATION
EPA:
RCRA / Universal Waste - bulbs that are to be recycled should be placed in the original container or packaged to prevent
breakage. The outer container should be dated and marked "Universal Waste"

MERCURY UV BULBS
OSHA:
Ultraviolet exposure is limited to 1 milliwatt per centimeter squared. Ozone exposure is regulated at 0.1 parts per million
(ppm).
SECTION 16 - OTHER INFORMATION
Photosensitizing
NOTICE
Information contained herein has been obtained from recognized technical sources. Compliance with all federal, state,
and local laws and regulations remains the responsibility of the user.

Medium Pressure Metal Halide Mercury and Iron Lamps
Revision: 27 October 2022
SAFETY DATA SHEET
SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking
A safety data sheet is not required for this product under Article 31 of REACH. This safety data sheet has been
created on a voluntary basis to communicate relevant information.
1.1 Product identifier

- Product Name: Medium Pressure Metal Halide Mercury and Iron Lamps
- Product Description: Ultraviolet lamps constructed from quartz containing small amounts of mercury,
mercury halides, iron and metal halides
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
- Use of the substance/mixture: UV lamps for curing printing inks, photo polymerisation and disinfection
- Use advised against: For industrial use only
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet
- Name of Supplier: Alpha-Cure Ltd
- Address of Supplier: Great Central Way
Woodford Halse
Northampton
NN11 3PZ
UK
- Telephone: +44 (0) 1327 263900
- Email: DGHelp@alpha-cure.com
1.4 Emergency telephone number
- Emergency Telephone: +44 (0) 7912209834
SECTION 2: Hazards identification
Exempt from the requirements of the CLP Regulation as the product is classed as an article.
2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture

- Classification (REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008) [CLP/GHS]: Not applicable
- Additional information: For full text of Hazard- and EU Hazard-statements: see section 16
2.2 Label elements
Hazard pictograms: None
Signal Word: None
Hazard statements
None
Precautionary statements
None
Supplemental Hazard information (EU)

None
2.3 Other hazards
There are no known hazards when the bulb is intact and not damaged.
Exposure to product contents is highly unlikely during normal usage.
Ozone (CAS 10028-15-6) may be formed during use. Ozone is under assessment as an endocrine
disruptor.
Ozone is an oxidiser and may cause or intensify fire. The principal health effects of ozone are produced
Datasheet Number: Medium Pressure Metal Halide Mercury and Iron Lamps - v1.1.0 1
Prometheus version 1.6.5.8
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 2: Hazards identification (....)
by irritation and damage to the small airways of the lung. High concentrations of ozone may also cause
severe irritation of the eyes. Ozone is also very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
This product is designed to produce ultraviolet radiation. Exposure to UV Radiation in the UV-A / UV-C-
range is harmful to eyes and skin.
The lamps may cause burns when hot.
Mechanical destruction may cause harm by splinter of glass and liberation of the hazardous components.
Inhalation of mercury vapors due to leakage or breakage of the lamp may be fatal, causes organ
damange through prolonged or repeated exposure, or may damage the unborn child. Mercury is also
very toxic to aquatic life with long-lasting effects.
Information on the hazards of the other components can be found in Sections 3.2 and 11.1.
SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients
3.1 Substances
- Not applicable
3.2 Mixtures
- This article does not contain any substances that are classed as SVHC
- Ozone (CAS 10028-15-6) may be formed during use
- The lamps may contain the following components.:
Chemical Name Conc. CAS No. EC No. Classification SCL/ REACH WEL
(REGULATION M-Factor/ Registration /
(EC) No ATE Number OEL
1272/2008)
[CLP/GHS]
Quartz glass - 14808-60-7 238-878-4 - - - -
Mercury up to 4 g, 7439-97-6 231-106-7 Acute Tox. 2, H330 - Some uses of this Yes
0.5 g average Repr. 1B, H360D substance are restricted
STOT RE 1, H372 under Annex XVII
Aquatic Acute 1, of REACH.
H400
Aquatic Chronic 1,
H410
Thorium dioxide about 90 mg 1314-20-1 215-225-1 Acute Tox. 3, H301 - - No
Acute Tox. 3, H311
Acute Tox. 3, H331
Carc. 1B, H350
Dibarium calcium about 70 mg 15552-14-4 239-606-7 Acute Tox. 4, H302 - - No
wolframate; Acute Tox. 4, H332
Barium calcium tungsten
oxide
Mercury diiodide up to 50 mg 7774-29-0 231-873-8 Acute Tox. 2, H300 STOT RE 2 Some uses of this Yes
Acute Tox. 1, H310 H373: substance are restricted
Acute Tox. 2, H330 C ≥ 0.1 % under Annex XVII
STOT RE 2, H373 of REACH.
Aquatic Acute 1,
H400
Aquatic Chronic 1,
H410
Iron diiodide up to 50 mg 7783-86-0 232-031-2 Acute Tox. 4, H302 - - Yes
Acute Tox. 4, H312
Skin Irrit. 2, H315
Eye Irrit. 2, H319
Acute Tox. 4, H332
STOT SE 3, H335
Repr. 1B, H360
Iron up to 35 mg 7439-89-6 231-096-4 Not classified - - No
Tin up to 5 mg 7440-31-5 231-141-8 Not classified - - Yes
Thallium bromide up to 1 mg 7789-40-4 232-163-0 Acute Tox. 2, H300 - - Yes
Acute Tox. 2, H330
STOT RE 2, H373
Aquatic Chronic 2,
H411
SAFETY DATA SHEET
SECTION 4: First aid measures
Burns caused by the lamp, ultra-violet radiation or ozone exposure or severe injuries caused by splinter of glass
should be treated by a physician.
The following information is also of relevance if the lamp is broken and this results in direct contact with the
hazardous components.
No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training.
Rescuers should take suitable precautions to avoid becoming casualties themselves.
4.1 Description of first aid measures
Contact with eyes

If substance has got into eyes, immediately wash out with plenty of water for several minutes
Irrigate eyes thoroughly whilst lifting eyelids
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.
Get immediate medical advice/attention.
Contact with skin

Remove contaminated clothing immediately and drench affected skin with plenty of water. Then
wash with soap and water
Ingestion
Rinse mouth.
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Inhalation
Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.
Keep warm and at rest, in a half upright position. Loosen clothing
If unconscious, place person in recovery position
If breathing is difficult, oxygen should be given by a trained person
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
Contact with eyes

During operation, UV lamps emit ultraviolent radiation and direct or reflected irradiation may be
harmful to the eyes. Short term exposure will affect the cornea of the eyes causing irritation and/or
conjunctivitis similar to "welder's burn".
Long term exposure may cause possible blindness.
Inhalation of ozone may cause eye irritation.
Exposure to mercury vapour may lead to conjunctivitis and ocular irritation. The eyes may develop
grey or brown lens discolouration. Blurred vision, photophobia and reduction of the visual field are
also possible.
Iron diiodide is irritating to eyes.
Contact with skin

harmful to the skin. Short term exposure can evoke erythema to the skin and long term exposure
may cause severe skin burns.
Discoid eczema, hyperhidrosis, skin erythema and pruritis can develop following dermal exposure to
elemental mercury.
Thorium dioxide is toxic in contact with skin.
Barium calcium tungsten oxide is harmful in contact with skin.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal in contact with skin.
Iron diiodide is harmful and irritating to skin.
Cutaneous effects of thallium exposure may include dry, scaly skin and impairment of nail growth
often resulting in the appearance of crescent-shaped strips across fingernails and toenails (Mees'
line).
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 4: First aid measures (....)
Ingestion
Elemental mercury is poorly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract and is therefore unlikely to
cause serious adverse health effects following ingestion.
If large amounts of elemental mercury are ingested, patients may develop nausea, vomiting and
abdominal pain
Aspiration of mercury is likely during substantial ingestion. Features similar to those seen following
inhalation of mercury vapour may follow.
Thorium dioxide is toxic if swallowed.
Barium calcium tungsten oxide is harmful if swallowed.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal if swallowed.
Iron diiodide is harmful if swallowed.
Iron and tin are not regarded as toxic but excessive exposure can cause fever, nausea, stomach
cramps or diarrhoea.
Thallium bromide is fatal if swallowed. Acute poisoning results in swelling of the feet and legs,
arthralgia, vomiting, insomnia, hyperesthesia and paresthesia of the hands and feet, mental
confusion, polyneuritis with severe pain in the legs and loins, partial paralysis of the legs, angina-like
pains, nephritis, wasting and weakness, and lymphocytosis and eosinophilia. In chronic poisoning,
central and peripheral nervous system abnormalities may persist including ataxia, tremor,
incoordination, paralysis of extremities, endocrine disorders, memory loss, and psychoses may
develop.
Inhalation
UV lamps may emit short-wave radiation causing ozone to be emitted. If headache, shortness of
breath or heavy chest symptoms occur, remove the affected person to fresh air and provide
supplemental oxygen treatrment as needed.
Inhalation of ozone may irritate the nose and lungs or cause nausea and headache. High
concentrations of ozone may cause severe irritation of the eyes.
Large amounts of mercury vapour in the air can cause effects such as cough, breathing difficulties
and chest tightness; lung and airway damage may develop in severe cases. It can also affect the
nervous system, causing effects such as tremor, irritability, nervousness, memory loss,
hallucinations, muscle changes and headaches. Effects on the kidneys, mouth, stomach and skin
may also arise.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal if inhaled. Inhalation exposure to elemental mercury and
mercury compounds over a long period of time can have an effect on the central nervous system.
Symptoms include personality changes, insomnia, memory loss, poor concentration, headache,
speech problems, blurred vision, tremors and muscle weakness.
Thorium dioxide is toxic if inhaled.
Iron diiodide is harmful and irritating to the respiratory system. Long term inhalation exposure to iron
(oxide fume or dust) can cause siderosis. Siderosis is considered to be a benign pneumoconiosis
and does not normally cause significant physiologic impairment. Siderosis can be observed on x-
rays with the lungs having a mottled appearance.
Thallium bromide is fatal if inhaled. The most characteristic symptom of thallium exposure is alopecia
(loss of hair).
Iodides have been known to cause cough, wheezing, laryngitis, shortness of breath, headache,
nausea, vomiting.
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
- Symptoms of poisoning may occur even after several hours; therefore provide medical observation for
at least 48 hours after the accident.
SECTION 5: Firefighting measures
5.1 Extinguishing media

- Suitable extinguishing media: Not flammable. In case of fire use extinguishing media appropriate to
surrounding conditions
- Unsuitable extinguishing media: No information available
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
- Smoke from fires is toxic. Take precautions to protect personnel from exposure
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 5: Firefighting measures (....)
- Decomposition products may include mercury vapour, barium oxide, calcium oxide, tungsten oxide,
iodine, hydrogen iodide, hydrogen bromide, thallium oxides
5.3 Advice for firefighters

- Special protective equipment: Wear self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). Wear full protective
clothing including chemical protection suit.
- Collect contaminated fire extinguishing water separately. This MUST not be discharged into drains.
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface or ground water.
SECTION 6: Accidental release measures
6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

- Rescuers should take suitable precautions to avoid becoming casualties themselves
- Personal precautions for non-emergency personnel: Do not touch or walk through spilt material; Do
not breathe vapour; Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing.
- Personal precautions for emergency responders: Evacuate the area and keep personnel upwind;
Wear protective clothing as per section 8
6.2 Environmental precautions
- Do not allow to enter public sewers and watercourses
- Do not allow to penetrate the ground/soil.
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up
- If the lamp is mechanically destroyed amounts of mercury can be liberated.
- In the event of breakage, treat the shards of quartz as contaminated with mercury and the other
hazardous components.
- Mercury, and any materials that contain mercury, should be disposed of in accordance with
national waste disposal regulations.
- Evacuate the area and keep personnel upwind
- Do not touch or walk through spilt material
- Wear protective clothing as per section 8
- Small spills
Balls of mercury should be collected with special mercury pads.
Keep the collected mercury in an air-tight sealable plastic container.
It is recommended to use a specialist mercury spill kit.
Clean up the decontaminated surfaces with wet cleaning rags.
Remove contaminated material to safe location for subsequent disposal
- Large spills
For large spills, cover with sulphur powder (a special mercury absorber) to bind the mercury and put
it in an air-tight sealable plastic container.
Seal containers and label them
Remove contaminated material to safe location for subsequent disposal
Wash spill site with water and detergent
Wash thoroughly after dealing with spillage
6.4 Reference to other sections
- See section(s): 7, 8 &13
SECTION 7: Handling and storage
7.1 Precautions for safe handling

- Avoid mechanical stress (danger of broken glass)
- Avoid touching the lamp with bare hands, always wear gloves whilst handling lamps
- Clean the lamp body with an alcohol wipe such as isopropyl alcohol before use
- Some lamps (ozone producing types), in addition to producing ultraviolet rays, will also produce ozone
when operated in air. Care should be exercised in the design and installation of equipment so that
ozone concentration will not exceed 0.05 ppm in areas occupied by people.
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 7: Handling and storage (....)
- Provide adequate ventilation in all areas where equipment utilizing ozone-producing lamps is employed
- Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

- No special precautions are required for this product
7.3 Specific end use(s)
- For emitting ultraviolet radiation
SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection
8.1 Control parameters

- If this product contains ingredients with exposure limits, personal, workplace atmosphere or biological
monitoring may be required to determine the effectiveness of the ventilation or other control measures
and/or the necessity to use respiratory protective equipment.
Reference should be made to monitoring standards, such as the following: European Standard EN 689
(Workplace exposure - Measurement of exposure by inhalation to chemical agents - Strategy for
testing compliance with occupational exposure limit values). European Standard EN 14042
(Workplace atmospheres. Guide for the application and use of procedures for the assessment of
exposure to chemical and biological agents). European Standard EN 482 (Workplace exposure.
General requirements for the performance of procedures for the measurement of chemical agents).
Reference to national guidance documents for methods for the determination of hazardous substances
will also be required.
- Ozone may be formed during use
Ozone
WEL (short term) 0.2 ppm 0.4 mg/m³ (UK)
(USA) OSHA PEL (TWA) 0.1 ppm 0.2 mg/m³
(USA) NIOSH REL (Ceiling Limit) 0.1 ppm 0.2 mg/m³
TLV (Threshold Limit Value established by ACGIH): 0.05 - 0.20 ppm (depending on workload and
time)
DNEL (inhalational) 24 μg/m³ Industry, Long Term, Local Effects
PNEC aqua (freshwater) 8 ng/L
PNEC aqua (intermittent releases, freshwater) 80 ng/L
PNEC aqua (marine water) 0.8 ng/L
PNEC aqua (intermittent releases, marine water) 8 ng/L
Mercury
(EU) OELV (long term TWA) 0.02 mg/m³
WEL (long term) 0.02 mg/m³ (UK. Mercury and its compounds, inorganic divalent)
BMGV (Biological Monitoring Guidance Value) (UK) 20 μmol mercury/mol creatinine in
urine.Sampling Time: Random
(USA) OSHA PEL (Acceptable Ceiling Concentration) 0.1 mg/m³ (Mercury and its compounds)
(USA) NIOSH REL (TWA) 0.05 mg/m³ (Mercury compounds, Hg Vapor) [skin]
(USA) NIOSH REL (Ceiling Limit) 0.1 mg/m³ (Mercury compounds, as Hg) [skin]
TLV (Threshold Limit Value established by ACGIH): 8-hour TWA 0.025 mg/m³ (elemental and
inorganic)
DNEL (inhalational) 20 μg/m³ Industry, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (inhalational) 4 μg/m³ Consumer, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (oral) 7.39 μg/kg (bw/day) Consumer, Long Term, Systemic Effects
PNEC aqua (freshwater) 57.4 ng/L
PNEC aqua (marine water) 67.2 ng/L
PNEC (STP) 2.25 μg/L
PNEC sediment (freshwater) 9.3 mg/kg
PNEC sediment (marine water) 9.3 mg/kg
PNEC terrestrial (soil) 22 μg/kg
Thorium dioxide
No exposure limits have been set for this substance
Radiation Dose Limits may apply.
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection (....)
Dibarium calcium wolframate; Barium calcium tungsten oxide

No exposure limits have been set for this substance
Mercury diiodide
(EU) OELV (long term TWA) 0.02 mg/m³
WEL (long term) 0.02 mg/m³ (UK. Mercury and its compounds, inorganic divalent)
BMGV (Biological Monitoring Guidance Value) (UK) 20 μmol mercury/mol creatinine in
urine.Sampling Time: Random
(USA) OSHA PEL (Acceptable Ceiling Concentration) 0.1 mg/m³ (Mercury and its compounds)
(USA) NIOSH REL (TWA) 0.05 mg/m³ (Mercury compounds, Hg Vapor) [skin]
(USA) NIOSH REL (Ceiling Limit) 0.1 mg/m³ (Mercury compounds, as Hg) [skin]
TLV (Threshold Limit Value established by ACGIH): 8-hour TWA 0.025 mg/m³ (elemental and
inorganic)
Iron diiodide
WEL (long term) 1 mg/m³ (UK; Iron salts, as Fe)
WEL (short term) 2 mg/m³ (UK; Iron salts, as Fe)
(USA) NIOSH REL (TWA) (Iron salts, as Fe) 1 mg/m³
Iron
DNEL (inhalational) 3 mg/m³ Industry, Long Term, Local Effects
DNEL (inhalational) 1.5 mg/m³ Consumer, Long Term, Local Effects
DNEL (oral) 700 μg/kg (bw/day) Consumer, Long Term, Systemic Effects
Tin
WEL (long term) 2 mg/m³ (UK. Tin compounds, inorganic, except SnH4)
WEL (short term) 4 mg/m³ (UK. Tin compounds, inorganic, except SnH4)
(USA) OSHA PEL (TWA) (Tin compounds, inorganic, except oxides) 2 mg/m³
(USA) NIOSH REL (TWA) (Tin compounds, inorganic, except oxides) 2 mg/m³
DNEL (inhalational) 71 mg/m³ Industry, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (dermal) 10 mg/kg (bw/day) Industry, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (inhalational) 17 mg/m³ Consumer, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (dermal) 80 mg/kg (bw/day) Industry, Long Term, Systemic Effects
DNEL (oral) 5 mg/kg (bw/day) Consumer, Long Term, Systemic Effects
Thallium bromide
WEL (long term) 0.1 mg/m³ (UK. Thallium, soluble compounds, as TI)
(USA) OSHA PEL (TWA) (Thallium and compounds, as TI) 0.1 mg/m³ [skin]
(USA) NIOSH REL (TWA) (Thallium and compounds, as TI) 0.1 mg/m³ [skin]
8.2 Exposure controls
- Selection and use of personal protective equipment should be based on a risk assessment of
exposure potential
- Engineering controls
Ensure adequate ventilation
Ozone generated by the process requires negative pressure exhaust ventilation and should be
prevented from entering the workroom air by the use of exhaust appliances placed close to the
source of emission
- Respiratory protection
None required for normal handling of product
If mercury is liberated and ventilation of the working place is not sufficient use filter with combination
Hg-P3.
- Skin protection
If glass is broken, use cut resistant gloves.
The selection of a suitable glove depends on work conditions and whether the product is present on
its own or in combination with other substances. Breakthrough time is dependent on the
characteristics of the brand of glove used and the supplier should be consulted.
The selected protective gloves have to satisfy the specifications of EU Directive 89/686/EEC and
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection (....)
standard EN 374.
- Eye/face protection
Wear eye protection if exposure to UV-radiation is possible
- Thermal hazards
Wear heat insulating gloves when handling the lamp when hot to prevent thermal burns
- Hygiene measures
Use good personal hygiene practices
Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.
Contaminated clothing should be laundered before reuse
- Environmental exposure controls
Avoid release to the environment.
Do not allow to penetrate the ground/soil.
SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties
9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties

- Physical state: Solid (article). Glass lamp (quartz envelope containing mercury with metal
halide and other additives)
- Colour: Colourless
- Odour: Ozone has a distinctive, pungent odour
- Melting point/freezing point: Quartz glass 2000 °C
Mercury is liquid at room temperature
- Boiling point or initial boiling point and boiling range: Not applicable
- Flammability: Not flammable
- Lower and upper explosion limit: Not applicable
- Flash point: Not applicable
- Auto-ignition temperature: Not applicable
- Decomposition temperature: Not applicable
- pH: Not applicable
- Kinematic viscosity: Not applicable
- Solubility: Not applicable
- Partition coefficient n-octanol/water (log value): Not applicable
- Vapour pressure: 0.002 mmHg at 25°C (mercury)
- Density and/or relative density: Not applicable
- Relative vapour density: Not applicable
- Particle characteristics: Not applicable
9.2 Other information
Ozone is an oxidiser and may cause or intensify fire.
SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity
10.1 Reactivity
- No information available
10.2 Chemical stability
- Considered stable under normal conditions
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity (....)
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions

10.4 Conditions to avoid

- Mechanical stress may cause broken glass (danger of broken glass and liberated mercury).
10.5 Incompatible materials

10.6 Hazardous decomposition products

- Decomposition products may include mercury vapour, barium oxide, calcium oxide, tungsten oxide,
iodine, hydrogen iodide, hydrogen bromide, thallium oxides
- Ozone may be formed during use
SECTION 11: Toxicological information
The lamp components are fully sealed and enclosed in a quartz envelope. There are no known health effects
during normal handling of the lamp.This section applies to the damaged product e.g. leaking mercury.
11.1 Information on hazard classes as defined in Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008
- Acute Toxicity
Substances
Chemical Name LD LC LD Remarks
(oral, rat) (inhalation, rat) (dermal, rabbit)
Ozone No data available (4 h) 3.6 - 12.3 ppm No data available No data available
Mercury 9.2 - 105 mg/kg 27 mg/m³ air (2 h) No data available Acute Tox. 2, H330
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available No data available Acute Tox. 3, H301
Acute Tox. 3, H311
Acute Tox. 3, H331
Dibarium calcium No data available No data available No data available Acute Tox. 4, H302
wolframate; Acute Tox. 4, H332
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available No data available Acute Tox. 2 *, H300
Acute Tox. 1, H310
Acute Tox. 2 *, H330
Iron diiodide No data available No data available No data available Acute Tox. 4, H302
Acute Tox. 4, H332
Iron 7 500 mg/kg (6 h) 100 - 250 mg/m³ No data available Not classified
Tin 2 000 mg/kg (4 h) 4.75 mg/L 2 000 mg/kg (rat) Not classified
Thallium bromide No data available No data available No data available Acute Tox. 2 *, H300
Acute Tox. 2 *, H330
- Skin corrosion/irritation
Substances
Chemical Name Irritation/corrosion
Ozone Adverse effect observed (corrosive)
Mercury No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
Thorium dioxide No data available
Dibarium calcium No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available
Iron diiodide Adverse effect observed (irritating)
Iron No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
Tin No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
Thallium bromide No data available
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 11: Toxicological information (....)
- Serious eye damage/irritation

Substances
Chemical Name Irritation/corrosion
Ozone Adverse effect observed (irreversible damage)
Mercury No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
wolframate;
oxide
Iron diiodide Adverse effect observed (irritating)
Iron No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
Tin No adverse effect observed (not irritating)
- Respiratory or skin sensitisation

Substances
Chemical Name Respiratory sensitisation Skin sensitisation
Ozone No adverse effect observed (not sensitising) No study available

Mercury No data available No adverse effect observed (not sensitising)
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available
Dibarium calcium No data available No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available
Iron diiodide No data available No data available
Iron No adverse effect observed (not sensitising) No adverse effect observed (not sensitising)
Tin No adverse effect observed (not sensitising) No adverse effect observed (not sensitising)
Thallium bromide No data available No data available
- Germ cell mutagenicity

Substances
Chemical Name Toxicity - In Vitro Toxicity - In Vivo
Ozone No adverse effect observed (negative) No adverse effect observed (negative)

Mercury No data available No data available
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available
Dibarium calcium No data available No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available
Iron diiodide No data available No data available
Iron No data available No data available
Tin No adverse effect observed (negative) No study available
Thallium bromide No data available No data available
- Carcinogenicity
Substances
Chemical Name NOAEL NOAEC NOAEL Remarks
(oral, rat) (inhalation, rat) (dermal, rat)
Ozone No data available 1 mg/m³ No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects

Mercury No data available No data available No data available Mercury is classified by IARC as Group 3
(Not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans)
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available No data available Thorium dioxide is classified by IARC as Group 1
(Carcinogenic to humans)
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dibarium calcium No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects
wolframate
Barium
; calcium tungsten
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available No data available Inorganic mercury compounds are classified by
IARC as Group 3
(Not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans)
Iron diiodide No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects
Iron No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects
Tin No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects
Thallium bromide No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic effects
- Reproductive toxicity
Substances
Ozone No data available 1.57 mg/m³ No data available No evidence of reproductive

(Effect on developmental toxicity) effects
Mercury No data available No data available No data available Repr. 1B, H360D
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available No data available No evidence of reproductive
effects
Dibarium calcium No data available No data available No data available No evidence of carcinogenic
wolframate; effects
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available No data available No evidence of reproductive
effects
Iron diiodide No data available No data available No data available Repr. 1B, H360
Iron No data available No data available No data available No evidence of reproductive
effects
Tin 1 000 mg/kg bw/day No data available No data available No evidence of reproductive
effects
Thallium bromide No data available No data available No data available No evidence of reproductive
effects
- Specific target organ toxicity (STOT) - single exposure

Substances
Chemical Name Remarks
Ozone May cause irritation to nose and lungs
Mercury No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Iron diiodide STOT SE 3, H335
Iron No data available
Tin No data available
- Specific target organ toxicity (STOT) - repeated exposure

Substances
Ozone No data available 235 µg/m³ No data available No data available

Mercury LOAEL 0.312 - 2.5 mg/kg bw/day No data available No data available STOT RE 1, H372
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available No data available No data available
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Dibarium calcium No data available No data available No data available No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available No data available STOT RE 2 *, H373 **
Iron diiodide No data available No data available No data available No data available
Iron LOAEL 26 mg/kg bw/day 5 mg/m³ No data available No data available
Tin 1 000 mg/kg bw/day No data available No data available No data available
Thallium bromide No data available No data available No data available STOT RE 2 *, H373 **
- Aspiration hazard
No information available
- Contact with eyes
harmful to the eyes. Short term exposure will affect the cornea of the eyes causing irritation and/or
conjunctivitis similar to "welder's burn". Long term exposure may cause possible blindness.
Inhalation of ozone may cause eye irritation.
Exposure to mercury vapour may lead to conjunctivitis and ocular irritation. The eyes may develop
grey or brown lens discolouration. Blurred vision, photophobia and reduction of the visual field are
also possible.
Iron diiodide is irritating to eyes.
- Contact with skin
harmful to the skin. Short term exposure can evoke erythema to the skin and long term exposure
may cause severe skin burns.
Discoid eczema, hyperhidrosis, skin erythema and pruritis can develop following dermal exposure to
elemental mercury.
Thorium dioxide is toxic in contact with skin.
Barium calcium tungsten oxide is harmful in contact with skin.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal in contact with skin.
Iron diiodide is harmful and irritating to skin.
Cutaneous effects of thallium exposure may include dry, scaly skin and impairment of nail growth
often resulting in the appearance of crescent-shaped strips across fingernails and toenails (Mees'
line).
- Ingestion
Elemental mercury is poorly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract and is therefore unlikely to
cause serious adverse health effects following ingestion.
If large amounts of elemental mercury are ingested, patients may develop nausea, vomiting and
abdominal pain
Aspiration of mercury is likely during substantial ingestion. Features similar to those seen following
inhalation of mercury vapour may follow.
Thorium dioxide is toxic if swallowed.
Barium calcium tungsten oxide is harmful if swallowed.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal if swallowed.
Iron diiodide is harmful if swallowed.
Iron and tin are not regarded as toxic but excessive exposure can cause fever, nausea, stomach
cramps or diarrhoea.
Thallium bromide is fatal if swallowed. Acute poisoning results in swelling of the feet and legs,
arthralgia, vomiting, insomnia, hyperesthesia and paresthesia of the hands and feet, mental
confusion, polyneuritis with severe pain in the legs and loins, partial paralysis of the legs, angina-like
pains, nephritis, wasting and weakness, and lymphocytosis and eosinophilia. In chronic poisoning,
central and peripheral nervous system abnormalities may persist including ataxia, tremor,
incoordination, paralysis of extremities, endocrine disorders, memory loss, and psychoses may
develop.
- Inhalation
UV lamps may emit short-wave radiation causing ozone to be emitted. If headache, shortness of
breath or heavy chest symptoms occur, remove the affected person to fresh air and provide
supplemental oxygen treatrment as needed.
Inhalation of ozone may irritate the nose and lungs or cause nausea and headache. High
concentrations of ozone may cause severe irritation of the eyes.
Large amounts of mercury vapour in the air can cause effects such as cough, breathing difficulties
SAFETY DATA SHEET

and chest tightness; lung and airway damage may develop in severe cases. It can also affect the
nervous system, causing effects such as tremor, irritability, nervousness, memory loss,
hallucinations, muscle changes and headaches. Effects on the kidneys, mouth, stomach and skin
may also arise.
Inorganic mercury compounds are fatal if inhaled. Inhalation exposure to elemental mercury and
mercury compounds over a long period of time can have an effect on the central nervous system.
Symptoms include personality changes, insomnia, memory loss, poor concentration, headache,
speech problems, blurred vision, tremors and muscle weakness.
Thorium dioxide is toxic if inhaled.
Iron diiodide is harmful and irritating to the respiratory system. Long term inhalation exposure to iron
(oxide fume or dust) can cause siderosis. Siderosis is considered to be a benign pneumoconiosis
and does not normally cause significant physiologic impairment. Siderosis can be observed on x-
rays with the lungs having a mottled appearance.
Thallium bromide is fatal if inhaled. The most characteristic symptom of thallium exposure is alopecia
(loss of hair).
Iodides have been known to cause cough, wheezing, laryngitis, shortness of breath, headache,
nausea, vomiting.
11.2 Information on other hazards
- Ozone is being assessed for endocrine disrupting properties
SECTION 12: Ecological information
The lamp components are fully sealed and enclosed in a quartz envelope. This section applies to the damaged
product e.g. leaking mercury
Mercury and inorganic mercury compounds are very toxic to aquatic life with long-lasting effects.
Thallium compounds are toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
12.1 Toxicity
Substances
Chemical Name LC (fish) EC (aquatic EC (aquatic
invertebrates) algae)
Mercury (4 days) 26 - 1 210 µg/L (72 h) 14 - 51.4 µg/L (4 days) 9 µg/L
Thorium dioxide No data available No data available No data available
Dibarium calcium No data available No data available No data available
wolframate;
oxide
Mercury diiodide No data available No data available No data available
Iron diiodide No data available No data available No data available
Iron No data available No data available No data available
Tin (4 days) 12.4 µg/L No data available (72 h) 19.2 µg/L
Thallium bromide No data available No data available No data available
12.2 Persistence and degradability

- Not applicable, inorganic
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential
12.4 Mobility in soil
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment
- Not a PBT according to REACH Annex XIII
- Not a vPvB according to REACH Annex XIII
12.6 Endocrine disrupting properties
- Ozone is being assessed for endocrine disrupting properties
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 12: Ecological information (....)
12.7 Other adverse effects

- Avoid release to the environment.
- Do not allow to penetrate the ground/soil.
SECTION 13: Disposal considerations
13.1 Waste treatment methods

- Disposal should be in accordance with local, state or national legislation
- The Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Regulations apply in the UK
- Refer to manufacturer/supplier for information on recovery/recycling
13.2 Classification
- The waste must be identified according to the List of Wastes (2000/532/EC)
- EWC Code: 20 01 21* fluorescent tubes and other mercury-containing waste
SECTION 14: Transport information
14.1 UN number or ID number

- UN No.: 3506
14.2 UN proper shipping name
- Proper Shipping Name: MERCURY CONTAINED IN MANUFACTURED ARTICLES
14.3 Transport hazard class(es)
- Hazard Class: 8 (6.1)
14.4 Packing group
- Packing Group: Not applicable
14.5 Environmental hazards
- Not applicable
14.6 Special precautions for user
- No special precautions are required for this product
14.7 Maritime transport in bulk according to IMO instruments
- Not applicable
14.8 Road/Rail (ADR/RID)
- ADR UN No.: 3506
- ADR Hazard Class: 8 (6.1)
- ADR Packing Group: Not applicable
- Tunnel Code: (E)
- Special Provision(s): 366 - Manufactured instruments and articles containing not more than 1 kg of
mercury are not subject to ADR.
See also ADR 1.1.3.10
14.9 Sea (IMDG)
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 14: Transport information (....)

- IMDG UN No.: 3506
- IMDG Hazard Class: 8 (6.1)
- IMDG Packing Group: Not applicable
- Special Provision(s): 366 - Manufactured instruments and articles containing not more than 1 kg of
mercury are not subject to the provisions of this Code.
See also IMDG 1.1.1.9
14.10 Air (ICAO/IATA)

- ICAO UN No.: 3506
- ICAO Hazard Class: 8 (6.1)
- ICAO Packing Group: Not applicable
- Special Provision(s): 1.2.11 Lamps Containing Dangerous Goods
The following lamps are not subject to these Regulations provided that they
do not contain radioactive material:
(a) lamps each containing not more than 1 g of dangerous goods and
packaged so that there is not more than 30 g of dangerous goods per
package, provided that:
1. the lamps are certified to a manufacturer's quality management system;
and
2. each lamp is either individually packed in inner packagings, separated by
dividers, or surrounded with cushioning material to protect the lamps and
packed into strong outer packagings meeting the general provisions of
5.0.2.4.1 and capable of passing a 1.2 m drop test.
IATA A191 - Notwithstanding the Division 6.1 subsidiary hazard shown in
column C of Table 4.2, the toxic subsidiary hazard label and an indication of
this subsidiary hazard on the Shipper’s Declaration are not required when the
manufactured articles contain not more than 5 kg of mercury. Transport in
accordance with this special provision must be noted on the Shipper’s
Declaration.
SECTION 15: Regulatory information
15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
- This safety data sheet is provided in compliance with REACH Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 (as
amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/878) and UK REACH
- A safety data sheet is not required for this product under Article 31 of REACH. This safety data sheet
has been created on a voluntary basis to communicate relevant information.
- The GB Classification, Labelling and Packaging Regulation (GB CLP) applies in Great Britain
- Regulation (EC) No. 1272/2008 on the classification, labelling and packaging of substances and
mixtures (CLP Regulation) applies in Europe
- Exempt from the requirements of the CLP Regulation as the product is classed as an article.
Information is provided to inform users of the hazards associated with the use of the product.
- Restrictions on use according to Annex XVII to REACH Regulation: Entry 18 - Mercury compounds;
Entry 18a - Mercury, CAS No 7439-97-6, EC No 231-106-7
- This product is in compliance with the EU Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) requirements
- The Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Regulations apply in the UK
15.2 Chemical safety assessment
- A chemical safety assessment is not required under REACH
SECTION 16: Other information
The above information is believed to be correct but does not purport to be all inclusive and shall only be used
as a guide. The company will not be held liable for any damage resulting from handling or from contact with
this product.
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 16: Other information (....)
Sources of data: Information from published literature and company data

Revision No. 1.1.0. Revised October 2022.
Changes made: Addition of IATA special provision A191 in subsection 14.10
Classification and procedure used to derive the classification for mixtures according to Regulation (EC)
1272/2008 [CLP]:
- Not applicable
Text not given with phrase codes where they are used elsewhere in this safety data sheet:
- H301: Toxic if swallowed
- H302: Harmful if swallowed
- H311: Toxic in contact with skin
- H312: Harmful in contact with skin.
- H315: Causes skin irritation.
- H319: Causes serious eye irritation.
- H330: Fatal if inhaled.
- H331: Toxic if inhaled
- H332: Harmful if inhaled
- H335: May cause respiratory irritation
- H350: May cause cancer
- H360: May damage fertility or the unborn child.
- H360D: May damage the unborn child.
- H372: Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure
- H400: Very toxic to aquatic life
- H410: Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects
Acronyms
- ATE: Acute Toxicity Estimate
- CAS: Chemical Abstracts Service
- EC: European Community
- EC₅₀: Effective Concentration, 50%
- GHS: Globally Harmonised System
- IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
- LC₅₀: Lethal Concentration, 50%
- LD₅₀: Lethal Dose, 50%
- LOAEL: Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level
- NOAEC: No Observed Adverse Effect Concentration
- NOAEL: No Observed Adverse Effect Level
- OEL: Occupational Exposure Limit
- PBT: Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic
- REACH: Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals
- SCL: Specific Concentration Limit
- SVHC: Substances of Very High Concern
- vPvB: very Persistent and very Bioaccumulative
- WEL: Workplace Exposure Limit
--- end of safety datasheet ---
C Material safety data sheet for mercury
Safety directions - UV Lamp type AC 1
C Material safety data sheet for mercury
SIGMA-ALDRICH sigma-aldrich.com
SAFETY DATA SHEET

according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006
Version 4.2 Revision Date 13.01.2012
Print Date 01.02.2012
GENERIC EU MSDS - NO COUNTRY SPECIFIC DATA - NO OEL DATA
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/MIXTURE AND OF THE COMPANY/UNDERTAKING
1.1 Product identifiers
Product name : Mercury
Product Number : 294594
Brand : Aldrich
Index-No. : 080-001-00-0
CAS-No. : 7439-97-6
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Identified uses : Laboratory chemicals, Manufacture of substances
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet
Company : Sigma-Aldrich Norway AS
Tevlingvn. 23
N-1081 OSLO
Telephone : +47 23 176000
Fax : +47 23 176010
E-mail address : eurtechserv@sial.com
1.4 Emergency telephone number
Emergency Phone # : Giftinformasjonssentralen 22 59 13 00
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture
Classification according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 [EU-GHS/CLP]
Specific target organ toxicity - repeated exposure (Category 1)
Acute aquatic toxicity (Category 1)
Chronic aquatic toxicity (Category 1)
Acute toxicity, Inhalation (Category 2)
Reproductive toxicity (Category 1B)
Classification according to EU Directives 67/548/EEC or 1999/45/EC
May cause harm to the unborn child. Very toxic by inhalation. Toxic: danger of serious damage to health by
prolonged exposure through inhalation. Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse
effects in the aquatic environment.
2.2 Label elements
Labelling according Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 [CLP]
Pictogram
Signal word Danger

Hazard statement(s)
H330 Fatal if inhaled.
H360D May damage the unborn child.
H372 Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure.
H410 Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Precautionary statement(s)
P201 Obtain special instructions before use.
Aldrich - 294594 Page 1 of 7

P260 Do not breathe dust/ fume/ gas/ mist/ vapours/ spray.
P273 Avoid release to the environment.
P284 Wear respiratory protection.
P310 Immediately call a POISON CENTER or doctor/ physician.
P501 Dispose of contents/ container to an approved waste disposal plant.
Supplemental Hazard none
Statements
Restricted to professional users.
According to European Directive 67/548/EEC as amended.
Hazard symbol(s)
R-phrase(s)
R61 May cause harm to the unborn child.
R26 Also very toxic by inhalation.
R48/23 Also toxic: danger of serious damage to health by prolonged exposure
through inhalation.
R50/53 Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in
the aquatic environment.
S-phrase(s)
S53 Avoid exposure - obtain special instructions before use.
S45 In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately
(show the label where possible).
S60 This material and its container must be disposed of as hazardous waste.
S61 Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/ Safety
data sheets.
Restricted to professional users.
2.3 Other hazards - none
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
3.1 Substances
Formula : Hg
Molecular Weight : 200,59 g/mol
Component Concentration
Mercury
CAS-No. 7439-97-6 -
EC-No. 231-106-7
Index-No. 080-001-00-0
4. FIRST AID MEASURES

4.1 Description of first aid measures
General advice
Consult a physician. Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
If inhaled
If breathed in, move person into fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact
Wash off with soap and plenty of water. Take victim immediately to hospital. Consult a physician.
In case of eye contact
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
If swallowed
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. Consult a physician.

4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
Mercury accumulates in almost all tissues, especially in the:, Kidney, Effects due to ingestion may include:,
Nausea, Vomiting, Diarrhoea, intestinal bleeding
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
no data available
5. FIREFIGHTING MEASURES
5.1 Extinguishing media
Suitable extinguishing media
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Mercury/mercury oxides.
5.3 Advice for firefighters
Wear self contained breathing apparatus for fire fighting if necessary.
5.4 Further information
no data available
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Wear respiratory protection. Avoid breathing vapors, mist or gas. Ensure adequate ventilation. Evacuate
personnel to safe areas.
6.2 Environmental precautions
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so. Do not let product enter drains. Discharge into the
environment must be avoided.
6.3 Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste. Keep in suitable, closed
containers for disposal.
6.4 Reference to other sections
For disposal see section 13.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

7.1 Precautions for safe handling
Avoid exposure - obtain special instructions before use.Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid inhalation
of vapour or mist.
Normal measures for preventive fire protection.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities
Store in cool place. Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place. Containers which are
opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Store under inert gas.
7.3 Specific end uses
no data available
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

8.1 Control parameters
Components with workplace control parameters
8.2 Exposure controls
Appropriate engineering controls
Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Wash hands before breaks and immediately after handling
the product.

Personal protective equipment
Eye/face protection
Face shield and safety glasses Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under
appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).
Skin protection
Handle with gloves. Gloves must be inspected prior to use. Use proper glove removal technique
(without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product. Dispose of
contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.
The selected protective gloves have to satisfy the specifications of EU Directive 89/686/EEC and
the standard EN 374 derived from it.
Body Protection
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected
according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a full-face respirator
with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup
to engineering controls. If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air
respirator. Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government
standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties
a) Appearance Form: liquid
b) Odour no data available
c) Odour Threshold no data available
d) pH no data available
e) Melting point/freezing Melting point/range: -38,87 °C - lit.
point
f) Initial boiling point and 356,6 °C - lit.
boiling range
g) Flash point not applicable
h) Evaporation rate no data available
i) Flammability (solid, gas) no data available
j) Upper/lower no data available
flammability or
explosive limits
k) Vapour pressure < 0,01 hPa at 20 °C
1 hPa at 126 °C
l) Vapour density 6,93 - (Air = 1.0)
m) Relative density no data available
n) Water solubility no data available
o) Partition coefficient: n- no data available
octanol/water
p) Autoignition no data available
temperature
q) Decomposition no data available
temperature
r) Viscosity no data available
s) Explosive properties no data available
t) Oxidizing properties no data available
9.2 Other safety information
no data available
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

10.1 Reactivity
no data available
10.2 Chemical stability
no data available
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions
no data available
10.4 Conditions to avoid
no data available
10.5 Incompatible materials
Strong oxidizing agents, Ammonia, Azides, Nitrates, Chlorates, Copper
10.6 Hazardous decomposition products
Other decomposition products - no data available
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

11.1 Information on toxicological effects
Acute toxicity
no data available
Skin corrosion/irritation
no data available
Serious eye damage/eye irritation
no data available
Respiratory or skin sensitization
no data available
Germ cell mutagenicity
no data available
Carcinogenicity
This product is or contains a component that is not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity based on its IARC,
ACGIH, NTP, or EPA classification.
IARC: 3 - Group 3: Not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans (Mercury)

Reproductive toxicity
Presumed human reproductive toxicant
Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure
no data available
Specific target organ toxicity - repeated exposure
Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure.
Aspiration hazard
no data available
Potential health effects
Inhalation May be fatal if inhaled. May cause respiratory tract irritation.
Ingestion Toxic if swallowed.
Skin Toxic if absorbed through skin. May cause skin irritation.
Eyes May cause eye irritation.
Signs and Symptoms of Exposure
Mercury accumulates in almost all tissues, especially in the:, Kidney, Effects due to ingestion may include:,
Nausea, Vomiting, Diarrhoea, intestinal bleeding
Additional Information
RTECS: OV4550000
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

12.1 Toxicity
Toxicity to fish LC50 - Labeo rohita - 0,018 mg/l - 96,0 h
12.2 Persistence and degradability
no data available
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential
Bioaccumulation Carassius auratus (goldfish) - 1.789 d -0,25 µg/l
Bioconcentration factor (BCF): 155.986
12.4 Mobility in soil

no data available
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment
no data available
12.6 Other adverse effects
Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

13.1 Waste treatment methods
Product
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company. Contact a licensed
professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging
Dispose of as unused product.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

14.1 UN number
ADR/RID: 2809 IMDG: 2809 IATA: 2809
14.2 UN proper shipping name
ADR/RID: MERCURY
IMDG: MERCURY
IATA: Mercury
14.3 Transport hazard class(es)
ADR/RID: 8 IMDG: 8 IATA: 8
14.4 Packaging group
ADR/RID: III IMDG: III IATA: III
14.5 Environmental hazards
ADR/RID: yes IMDG Marine pollutant: yes IATA: no
14.6 Special precautions for user
no data available
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

This safety datasheet complies with the requirements of Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006.

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
no data available
15.2 Chemical Safety Assessment
no data available
16. OTHER INFORMATION

Further information
Copyright 2012 Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC. License granted to make unlimited paper copies for internal use
only.
The above information is believed to be correct but does not purport to be all inclusive and shall be
used only as a guide. The information in this document is based on the present state of our knowledge
and is applicable to the product with regard to appropriate safety precautions. It does not represent any
guarantee of the properties of the product. Sigma-Aldrich Corporation and its Affiliates shall not be held
liable for any damage resulting from handling or from contact with the above product. See www.sigma-
aldrich.com and/or the reverse side of invoice or packing slip for additional terms and conditions of sale.

31462-01-02-01 OMS Manual Rev2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

31462-01-02-01 OMS Manual Rev2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operations, maintenance and safety Manual

Project no. 31462-01-02-01 Model: 500/518BK3 EX

1.1.1 Options included in this document 9

1.2.1 Type Approval Certificate history 10

1.2.2 Type Approval Certificate (TAC) validity 11

1.3 Technical data and limitations 12

1.3.1 Optimarin 'Model no.' definition 12

1.3.2 IMO/USCG compliance 13

1.3.5 System sign 16

1.4 Manual structure 17

1.5 Optimarin information and contacts 18

1.5.1 Company information 18

1.5.3 Online crew training 19

2 Abbreviations and definitions 20

2.1 Commonly used abbreviations 21

2.2 Commonly used definitions 25

3.1 General description of OBS 32

3.1.1 Flow diagram and function explanation 32

3.1.2 Model/system scaling 38

3.2 Operation description and procedures 39

3.2.1 General Ex safety 39

3.2.2 Operation description 39

3.2.3 Operation modes 42

3.2.4 Normal procedures 46

3.2.5 Emergency procedures 55

3.3 Component description 59

3.3.5 Back flush pump 73

3.3.6 Sampling assembly 77

3.3.8 Instrumentation / sensors 82

4.1 Hardware description 88

4.1.2 PROFIBUS network 88

4.1.3 PROFINET network 88

4.2 Touch panel description 90

4.2.2 Home page 94

4.2.3 UV overview page 98

4.2.4 System overview page 104

4.2.5 Settings page 105

4.2.6 Chief Engineer tools 111

4.2.7 Change lamps 132

4.2.8 Log in / log out 133

4.2.9 Dynamics objects 134

4.3 Control system parameters 137

4.4 Logs and system data 143

4.4.1 Folder structure on the USB drive 143

4.4.2 File types and how to open 143

4.4.3 Header 143

4.4.4 File descriptions 144

4.4.5 Excel function: Text to Columns 147

5 Health, safety and environment 150

5.1 General 151

5.2 UV system 152

5.2.1 General UV information 152

5.2.2 Mercury 154

5.3 Electrical safety 158

5.3.1 General 158

5.3.2 Electrical installations in explosive atmosphere 158

5.3.3 Safe electrical barriers 159

5.3.4 Safe distances 159

5.4 Risk matrices operation and maintenance 161

5.4.1 Determining consequence and probability 162

5.4.2 Risk assessment 164

6 Routines, service and maintenance 198

6.1 Caution 200